<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" version="2.0">
<channel>
<title><![CDATA[IST eClass Support]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/]]></link>
<description />
<generator><![CDATA[Kayako case v4.98.9]]></generator>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Viewing Advanced Usage Information for eClass Courses]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/viewing-advanced-usage-information-for-eclass-courses]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[496e05e1aea0a9c4655800e8a7b9ea28]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 02 May 2017 15:52:18 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;">It is now possible to generate visual reports that analyze student activity in your course. Instructors have the option to choose from a number of configurable reports that can help them see patterns of student access, engagement, and performance. The new advanced usage report suite in eClass was locally developed as a part of a TLEF grant under the direction of Dr. Ali Shiri, School of Library and Information Studies.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>You can access the advanced usage reports in two ways:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>Through the course page
<ol>
<li>From the header of your eClass course page, select <b>Report</b>, then <strong>Advanced Usage</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/aureport1.png" alt="click on &quot;reports&quot; then &quot;advanced usage&quot;" width="584" height="303" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The analytics landing page has the option to <strong>Add a report</strong> or <strong>Schedule a report</strong>. Added reports are graphs visible in your browser; scheduled reports will generate a list of students matching specific criteria and email them to you once a week.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/aureport2.png" alt="add/schedule report buttons" width="451" height="164" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Through your profile page
<ol>
<li>For instructions on how to access your profile, please see <a title="eClass Profile" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/117/12/editing-your-eclass-profile" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>When viewing your profile, click on the <strong>Advanced usage</strong> option under <strong>Reports</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal_profile.PNG" alt="" width="300" height="183" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Select the desired course from the drop down menu, and click on <strong>Add a report</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/aureport4.PNG" alt="add/schedule buttons with course dropdown menu" width="486" height="225" /><br /><br />This can be especially useful for easily comparing advanced usage reports between multiple courses.<br /><br /></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Adding Reports</strong></span></p>
<p>Clicking <strong>Add a report</strong> will open a dialogue box showing a list of all the available report types on the left [1] and a detailed description of the selected report type on the right [2]. The list of available reports may vary depending on your role in the course.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-basics-3.png" alt="" width="550" /></p>
<p>The types of reports available are:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/314/14/viewing-the-content-engagement-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Content engagement</a> - this report shows a graph of aggregated student engagement data on a selected set of activities</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/315/14/viewing-a-report-of-content-engagement-over-time" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Engagement over time</a> - this report shows a graph of student activities over time with results that can be filtered by activity, by date, and by action</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/318/14/viewing-the-forum-engagement-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Forum engagement</a> - this report shows a graph of aggregated posts/views for a selected set of forums</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/320/14/viewing-a-report-of-forum-engagement-over-time" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Forum engagement over time</a> - this report shows a graph of student forum activities over time. The results can be filtered by forum, date, and action</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/321/14/viewing-a-report-of-forum-posts-by-user" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Forum posts by user(s)</a> - this report lists all forum posts by a user and can be filtered by forum, date, and by total word count</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/319/14/using-the-student-list-by-criteria-learning-analytics-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Student list by criteria</a> - this report produces a list of students' contact information that can be filtered on grade, level of participation, or a combination of both. This report can be used to identify students at varying levels of performance and engagement to provide feedback. This report provides a copyable list of email addresses or can be exported to a CSV file. This report is also used as the basis for <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/343/14/configuring-a-weekly-report-of-student-activity" target="_blank" rel="noopener">scheduling reports that send weekly emails to instructors for specific student criteria</a>.</li>
<li>Grades vs. Actions - this report displays a scatter plot of grades vs. actions.</li>
</ul>
<p>All reports contain a basic set of tools to define the range of data for visualization. A detailed explanation of these features is available in the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/311/14/common-features-in-learning-analytics-reports" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Common Features of Advanced Usage Reports</a>. Clicking <strong>Apply filter</strong> within any report will show the default results for the report.<br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Best practices</strong></span></p>
<p>The following articles detail how to get the most out of the analytics tools and provide some guidance for performing specific analysis tasks:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/313/14/structuring-your-course-content-for-using-analytics" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Setting up your course so that you get the best data</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/316/14/analysing-content-usage-in-your-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Analyzing content usage in your course</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/322/14/tracking-specific-student-behaviour-in-your-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Tracking specific student behaviour in your course</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/323/14/monitoring-student-progress-in-your-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Monitoring student progress in your course</a></li>
<!--<li>Configuring a weekly criteria report (3.1+ only)</li>--></ul>
<p>Instructors can also allow students access to their own advanced usage data which can be useful in self-evaluations or reflections on course performance. More information and instructions are available in the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/324/14/allowing-students-to-view-their-own-learning-analytics" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Allowing Students to View their Own Advanced Usage Reports</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Enrolling Students in eClass Courses]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/enrolling-students-in-eclass-courses]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6ea9ab1baa0efb9e19094440c317e21b]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 28 Nov 2011 23:14:37 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">
<p>In all regular Bear Tracks section on eClass, students are automatically enrolled by the IST eClass Support team as a part of the automated course creation system. For each section that gets requested, a cohort gets created on eClass that contains all the students enrolled in that Beartracks section. These cohorts get synchronized with Beartracks twice daily so that students who drop or add the course will automatically be pulled into the appropriate Moodle course. In cross-listed (combined section) courses, there may be multiple cohorts enrolled in the same course.</p>
<p><strong>As an instructor, you will never need to enroll regular credit students manually in your course. You <strong>should never need to use the Cohort synch Enrollment method and you should not edit its settings.</strong><br /></strong></p>
<p>If you need to enroll administrative users (Managers/TAs / Instructors) or Auditors, please refer to the following article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/23/0/adding-additional-users-to-my-eclass-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Additional Users to My eClass course</a>.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Adding Additional Users to my eClass Course]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/adding-additional-users-to-my-eclass-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[37693cfc748049e45d87b8c7d8b9aacd]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 13 Sep 2011 00:16:37 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[- NA -]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">If you are enrolled as an instructor in an eClass course, you can follow the instructions below to add colleagues into your course in any of the different roles available: Designer, TA, Additional Instructor, Non-Editing TA (Graders), and/or Auditor role. <br />For a broader description of these various roles and what they should be used for, </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/43/14/roles-on-eclass-moodle" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">see the following article</a><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">. <br />eClass allows users to be enrolled in courses in multiple roles but bear in mind that permissions are additive (so if enrolled as auditor and instructor, your colleague would have full instructor permissions).</span></p>
</div>
<p>Note that you will not be allowed to enroll students in your Beartracks Credit sections -- student enrollments are automatically synched with Bear Tracks each day based on your course Beartracks section information. It can take up to 48 hours from the time a student is enrolled in Beartracks by the department until they appear in eClass. <br />If a student does not appear in your Participants list after this time interval, please contact IST eClass support team at 780-492-9372 or <strong><a href="mailto:eclass@ualberta.ca" target="_blank" rel="noopener">eclass@ualberta.ca</a>.</strong><br /><br /><strong>Note:</strong> If students in credit courses are going to miss significant instruction before Bear Tracks completes their enrollment in eClass, an instructor may manually add the student as an Auditor. While Auditors cannot complete any graded activities in eClass, this can be an effective temporary tool to get them access to course content. <br />Instructors should <strong>ensure that they remove the manual auditor role </strong>once the correct Student enrollment gets added through the Bear Tracks sync (or set it with a temporary enrollment duration), otherwise the student would retain auditor access to the course even if they dropped the course through Bear Tracks.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To add additional users:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Log onto eClass and enter the course where you need to enroll someone.<br /><br /></li>
<li>To open a list of existing users in the course, click on <strong>Participants</strong> from the top menu bar.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/participants-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="596" height="564" /></li>
<li>Once you are on the<em> Participants</em> page, click the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Enrol users</span> button.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enroll_users_2a.png" alt="" width="703" height="466" /><br /><br /><strong>Note: if there is no Enrol Users button, you will need to add the Manual enrollment method first by following the steps in this article:</strong> <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/26/0/enabling-the-manual-enrollment-method" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Enabling the Manual enrollment Method</a>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>In the 'Enrol users' dialogue box that appears over the top of the page, first type the user's first and last names or their CCID in the box provided. This will filter the users based on the names you entered. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enrollSearchUser.png" alt="Picture of Search Users window" width="654" height="952" /><br /><br /><strong>Note: if you are having problems finding a particular user, consult the following article:</strong> <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/52/0/problems-finding-users-to-enroll-in-your-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Problems Finding Users to enroll in Your Course</a>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Then, select the desired role from the 'Assign role' drop-down menu. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enrollAssignRole3.png" alt="" width="665" height="967" /><br /><br /></li>
<li><a id="time-based-enrollments"></a>Optionally, an enrollment duration can be set for a user’s enrollment. This can be useful when, for example, a designer only needs access to your course for a couple of days to add content and should then no longer have access. Setting an enrollment duration means you do not need to remember to come back and un-enroll the user later.<br /><br />Click on <strong>Show more...</strong> to see the advanced enrollment settings. Here you can set the <em>enrollment duration</em>. The default value is <em>Unlimited</em>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enrollEnrollmentOptions.png" alt="" width="599" height="1017" /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enrollEnrollmentOptions1.png" alt="" width="590" height="1002" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Make sure to complete the steps 6-7 above (selecting the role and settings an enrollment duration if using). Click on <strong>enroll users </strong>when finished.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enrolFinish.png" alt="" width="581" height="862" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>After you have clicked <strong>enroll users</strong>, the enrollment process is complete, and those users you enrolled will appear in the course 'Enrolled users' list.</li>
</ol>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Setting Up Groups]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/setting-up-groups]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f2217062e9a397a1dca429e7d70bc6ca]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 08 May 2014 15:26:49 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>When you combine multiple course sections in a single eClass course, students are automatically assigned to groups based on the course sections they registered in when registering for your course (LEC, LAB, SEM, etc.).</p>
<p>You can also create additional groups to divide students for other purposes such as participation in group projects or, in large courses, to filter and divide grading tasks among TAs.</p>
<p>If students are in multiple groups but need different groups for different group projects, you will also need to create groups of groups called <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/148/0/setting-up-groupings">Groupings</a> which we treat in a separate article and, briefly, <a href="#grouping">below</a>.</p>
<p>Activities that have groups enabled allow instructors and TAs to filter contributions with three different group modes:</p>
<ul>
<li>No groups: All students can view and participate in the activity.</li>
<li>Separate groups: Only students within the same group can see and participate together in this group activity.</li>
<li>Visible groups: Students can see all other groups' activities, but they can only participate in their own group's activities.</li>
</ul>
<p>There are two main steps to setting up groups:</p>
<ol>
<li>creating the groups you want to use, and</li>
<li>setting the group mode in the activity or content where you want group participation.</li>
</ol>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#creating">Creating Groups</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#adding">Manually Adding Users</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#autocreating">Auto-Creating Groups</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#conditions">Setting group visibility in course content (Group mode)</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#warning">Warning</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="creating"></a>Creating Groups</span></strong></p>
<p>To create Groups, </p>
<p>1. Click on the <strong>Participants</strong> tab at the top of your course page.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-group-a.png" alt="" width="617" height="324" /></p>
<p>2. Click on the <strong>Enrolled users</strong> dropdown menu and select <strong>Groups</strong>:<br /><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-group-b.png" alt="" width="685" height="577" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. On the <strong>Groups</strong> page, you will see two panels: the <strong>Groups</strong> panel on the left will list the different groups in your course, and the <strong>Members of</strong> panel on the right shows the members in the highlighted group.<br /><br /></p>
<p>4. Click the <strong>Create group</strong> button below the <strong>Groups</strong> panel.</p>
<p><br /><img style="font-size: 14.4444446563721px;" src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/createGroupCapture.png" alt="" width="848" height="717" /></p>
<p>5. Complete the setup with your group information.</p>
<ul>
<li>'Group name': Name your group; for example, 'Study Group 1'.</li>
<li>'Group description': Give your group a description so you can better remember what this group was defined for.<a id="enrollmentkey"></a><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-group-3.png" alt="" width="909" height="548" /></li>
</ul>
<p>6. Click the <strong>Save changes</strong> at the bottom of the page when you are finished.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="adding"></a>Manually Adding Users</span></strong></p>
<p>To manually add users to your group,</p>
<p>1. Click on the name of the group you just created in the <strong>Groups</strong> column to select it, then click the <strong>Add/remove users</strong> button beneath the <strong>Members of</strong> column.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-users-groups.png" alt="" width="642" height="583" /></p>
<p>2. On the Add/remove users page, you will again see two columns: the left (Group members) shows the current members of your group, and the right (Potential members) shows the people enrolled in your course.</p>
<p>3. Click on a user's name to select them (highlighted in blue), then click the <strong>Add</strong> button between the two columns to move them into your group.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-users-groups-2.png" alt="" width="873" height="571" /></p>
<p>4. You may also use the Shift key to select a block of users (click user, hold Shift, click another user). Or, you can use the Control key (Ctrl) (or Command key (Cmd) on a Mac) to select multiple users that are not in a row (hold Ctrl while selecting multiple users).</p>
<p>5. If there are too many users to show all at once, you may use the <strong>Search</strong> box below to narrow the list of potential group participants.</p>
<p>6. When you finsihed, click <strong>Back to groups</strong> at the bottom of the page.</p>
<p><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-users-groups-3.png" alt="" width="874" height="591" /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="autocreating"></a>Auto-Creating Groups</span></strong></p>
<p>As an alternative to manually creating groups, you can create groups automatically while adding participants randomly.</p>
<p>1. Click the <strong>Auto-create groups</strong> button under the <strong>Groups</strong> panel.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/autocreate-groups.png" alt="" width="822" height="622" /></p>
<p>2. In<strong> Auto-create groups</strong> setup you can specify either the number of groups you would like to create, or the number of members you would like to have in each group:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/auto-create-groups-0.png" alt="" width="612" height="743" /></p>
<p></p>
<ul>
<li>'Naming scheme': Use @ to differentiate by letters, or # to differentiate by numbers. For example, Group @ = Group A, Group B, Group C. Alternatively, Team # = Team 1, Team 2, Team 3.</li>
<li>'Auto create based on': Choose either 'Number of groups' or 'Members per group'.</li>
<li>'Group/member count': Specify the number of groups or number of members per group.</li>
<li>'Select members with role': Select a particular role if you want to pull only users enrolled in your course in that role. <strong>Example:</strong> you could use this to create a group out of all the TAs. in your course.</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Select members from grouping': Select students already belonging to a group in the given grouping. <strong>Example:</strong> you could use this if you wanted to take a specific grouping and create a larger group out of all the smaller groups currently assigned to the grouping.<br /></span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">'Select members from group: Select students already belonging to the given group. <strong>Example:</strong> you could use this if you wanted to take existing larger groups and further break them down into random smaller groups.<br /></span></li>
<li>'Allocate members': Randomly, alphabetical (by first or last name), by ID number.</li>
<li>'Prevent last small group': Check this box to distribute members to existing groups as evenly as possible. This could especially be needed if you have specified the number of groups (as opposed to members per group)</li>
<li>'Ignore users in groups': Check this box to have users already belonging to a group not be assigned to additional new auto-created groups.</li>
<li>'Grouping of auto-created groups': If you would like to add these groups to a grouping, you can do so here.</li>
<li>'Grouping name': If you are adding this group to a new grouping, specify the name of the grouping.<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
<p>3. Once you are done, you can <strong>Preview</strong> the groups or <strong>Submit</strong> them:</p>
<p><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/autocreate-groups-3.png" alt="" width="796" height="306" /></p>
<p>4. After creating your groups, the <strong>Groups</strong> page will display a number after each name indicating the number of participants assigned to each group.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/autocreate-groups-4.png" alt="" width="726" height="337" /></p>
<p><a name="conditions"></a> <span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Setting group visibility in course content (Group mode)</strong></span></p>
<p>To restrict viewing and participation in activities using the groups you have created, you have to set the <strong>Group mode</strong> in the 'Common module settings' for that activity:</p>
<p>1. Go to your course page, and click on <strong>Edit mode </strong><b>at the </b>top right of your page.</p>
<p>2. Enter the settings for an activity or resource and choose <strong>Group mode</strong> under <em>Common module settings</em>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-conditions-2.png" alt="" width="540" height="305" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. Save when you are done.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Group Mode Examples for Forums</span></p>
<ul>
<li>'No groups': Choosing ‘No groups’ for a Forum activity will allow all members of the course to view the forum, as well as post new discussions and replies, regardless of what group they belong to. This is always chosen for every activity by default.
<ul>
<li>Example: Help forum (no groups) - Anyone in the class can post a question, respond and see all discussions.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>'Separate groups': Choosing ‘Separate groups’ for a Forum activity will essentially create separate discussion rooms for each individual group. Course participants can only see and post to their own group's discussion; all other group's discussions are completely invisible.
<ul>
<li>Example: Graded group discussion (separate groups) - These forums will be graded by group so you cannot see any other group's discussion points.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>'Visible groups': Choosing ‘Visible groups’ for Forum activities will create separate discussion rooms for each individual group that can be viewed by all participants in the course. However, participants will only be able to post and reply to forums set aside for their own group.
<ul>
<li>Example: Group project discussion (visible groups) - These forums are set up for students to discuss their group projects, but all have different topics so they can read about what other groups are doing but can only contribute to their own.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Running multiple course sections in a single eClass course: You can run multiple course sections in a single eClass course and vary the activities while keeping the static content the same by using groups.</p>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>Example: A group is automatically generated for each of the sections in a combined course. You can create a Wiki on Topic One restricted to Group A1 and a Wiki on Topic Two restricted to Group A2. Each student will only see the Wiki Topic of the group they belong to (either A1 or A2). Meanwhile, the syllabus (which is group independent) can be seen by all students.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="notes"></a>Notes</span></strong></p>
<p><a id="grouping"></a>Assigning students to multiple groups will create a conflict in any individual activity when the system attempts to assign the activity to <strong>all the groups in your course</strong>. If you want participants to work with different groups on different activities, then you will need to combine the groups for a particular activity in a <strong>Grouping</strong>. Please <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/148/0/setting-up-groupings">see the article Setting up Groupings</a>.</p>
<p>To limit a specific activity or resource to only the members of a particular group, you will need to set <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/0/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Access restrictions</a> instead of using the group mode.</p>
<p>For eClass courses containing combined sections, a group will be automatically created for each individual section in the course (eg. a group each for LEC A1, and LEC A2).</p>
<p>Any activity in eClass can be set so that it uses visible groups (groups can see each other), separate groups (groups cannot see each other's work) or no groups. In these scenarios, the <strong>SAME</strong> activity is delivered to students along one of these methods (for giving each group access to their own separate activity or content, you must use <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/0/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Access restrictions</a>).</p>
<p>Ensure that you establish your group settings <strong>before</strong> your students begin participating in any activities where groups are being used. Changing group modes can cause problems in activities if you change group modes (visible, invisible, no groups) after students have begun to work in the activity. For example, if you set up a discussion forum and posts are made after group settings are added, posts made before the change are replicated in all groups’ forums.</p>
<p>You may wish to have groups set by default for your entire course - you can do this in your course settings. This does not automatically apply the group settings to already existing activities and resources but does apply them to any new ones created. The other benefit of setting a group mode at the course level is that the gradebook can be sorted based on sub-section groups. See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/252/15/filtering-your-gradebook-by-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Filtering Your Gradebook by Groups</a> for more information.</p>
<p>Unless you have Visible groups enabled, switching a student from one group to another will remove their ability to see posts made to the first group forum while a member of that group. If Student Five was originally a member of Group A, he will not be able to view any posts or replies he made in Group A’s discussion forum after he is moved to Group B.</p>
<p>If a user is not in a group, they will be unable to view or participate in any group activities if group mode is set to Separate groups. If Group mode is set to Visible groups, students not placed in a group will be able to view discussions across all groups, but will be unable to contribute.</p>
<p>Instead of auto-creating or constructing groups by hand, it is also possible to have students self-select their group using an additional block in your course - see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/366/13/using-the-group-sign-up-block-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using the Group Sign-up Block.</a></p>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong><a id="warning"></a>WARNING in regards to Group Assignments</strong></span>: <strong>Once submissions have been made, DO NOT alter the groups or groupings in any way.</strong> If groups or groupings need to be updated or changed, we recommend that you create new groups/groupings and re-deploy the assignment with the updated group settings. Failure to do so will result in lost student submission data and glitches with the assignment review.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Security Features for Delivering eClass Quizzes]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/security-features-for-delivering-eclass-quizzes]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[e7b24b112a44fdd9ee93bdf998c6ca0e]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 21 Aug 2018 11:34:53 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">Security features for online exams are important to ensure quiz integrity. eClass offers a range of features that provide varying levels of security which meet different needs. Most of the features listed below can be used in combination. In addition to these options, any high-stakes summative testing scenarios (midterms and finals) should also include some form of in-person proctoring, especially in campus labs.<br /><br /></span></p>
</div>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#password">Setting a Password</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#honesty">Honesty Checking</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#randomizing">Randomizing Questions</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#limiting">Limiting Access to Quizzes</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#delivery">Quiz Delivery</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#external">External Tools</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><strong><a id="password"></a>Setting a Password</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To protect quiz activities with a password, go to your quiz settings under <strong>Extra Restrictions on attempts</strong>, and specify </span><em>Require password.</em></p>
<p>Toggling the eyeball with hide or show the password to you so you can check if the supplied password is correct.</p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">Instructors must communicate this password to students so that they can enter it before doing their quiz.</span></strong></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-1" alt="" width="600" height="377" /></p>
<p><strong><a id="honesty"></a>Honesty Checking</strong></p>
<p>This option requires quiz takers to acknowledge the statement confirming the University of Alberta's academic integrity standards. This setting is located in the quiz settings under <strong>Extra Restrictions on attempts</strong>, after clicking on '<em>Show more...</em>' to expand the number of options.</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-2" alt="" width="600" height="356" /></p>
<p>Quiz takers will see the following before beginning their attempt:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-3" alt="" width="600" height="421" /></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Shuffling Questions and Answer Order<br /></strong></span></p>
<p>Randomizing the order of questions and answers is common way make it difficult for students to share their answers with each other. It is possible to randomize the questions as they appear, but it is also possible to randomize response order of answers per question (if applicable for the question type, i.e. multiple choice, matching...). To do this:</p>
<ul>
<li>If the quiz settings, under 'Question behaviour', toggle <strong>Shuffle within questions</strong> to <strong>Yes</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-4" alt="" width="600" height="189" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>When you edit the question from the Question Bank, ensure that the box is checked for <strong>S</strong><strong>huffle</strong> <strong>the choices</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-5" alt="" width="600" height="208" /><br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Note: </strong>Multiple-choice questions are set to <em>Shuffle the choices</em> by default. This should be <strong>unchecked</strong> for questions that require answers to be in a specific order. i.e. if the last response option is "All of the above", etc.</li>
</ul>
<p>Shuffling the overall question order can be accomplished by checking <strong>Shuffle</strong> box at the top of the 'Edit quiz' page. This option is also available for any sub-sections of a quiz:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-6" alt="" width="600" height="215" /></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="randomizing"></a>Randomizing Questions</strong></span></p>
<p>Questions in a quiz can be drawn from a collection (by category or tags). This functionality requires that questions have already been constructed and grouped into categories (or have been tagged) in the course questions bank (see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/173/13/using-the-question-bank" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using the Question Bank</a>.)</p>
<p>To add random questions, go to the 'Edit quiz' page and click <strong>Add</strong> &gt; <strong>a random question</strong>:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-7" alt="" width="600" height="198" /></p>
<p>In the modal that opens, choose the question bank category and then choose the number of questions that students should receive using the dropdown:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-8" alt="" width="600" height="515" /></p>
<p>After saving, the 'edit quiz' view will show a dice icon indicating a random question, along with the name of the category where the question comes from, as well as a link for you to see all possible questions from that category:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-9" alt="" width="600" height="524" /></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> This does not guarantee that every student will receive the same questions.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="limiting"></a>Limiting Access to Quizzes</strong></span></p>
<p>For high stakes exams, and in large classes where students attempt quizzes at different times, it is possible to limit access to a quiz using other options under 'Extra restrictions on attempts':</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-10" alt="" width="600" height="384" /><br /><br /></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Password</strong>: (<a href="#password">mentioned above</a>) Instructors can show the password (on whiteboard, etc) in an exam room for students present in the room.</li>
<li><strong>IP Address Restriction</strong>: If available, the IP address or a range of IP addresses for a computer or a lab room full of computers can be entered to restrict the quiz. Students accessing from any different IP will not be allowed to attempt the quiz. <strong>Please note:</strong> The changes to campus lab computer infrastructure have changed the existing IP addresses and have changed this functionality. For more information, please contact IST eClass support.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="delivery"></a>Quiz Delivery<br /></strong></span></p>
<p>eClass is able to strip away normal functions of a browser and alter the interface so that it restricts students from accessing anything else other than the quiz. This can be configured by expanding the options by clicking <strong>Show more... </strong>under 'Extra restrictions on attempts' and then setting <strong>Browser security</strong> to 'Full screen pop-up with some javascript security:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-11" alt="" width="600" height="359" /></p>
<p>The quiz activity will resemble the screenshot below for quiz takers:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/security-feature-12" alt="" width="1000" height="433" /></p>
<p>The window can still be re-sized and will function normally and so proctors should advise quiz takers to start full screen and expanded. That way, it will be obvious if a student tries to do anything other than the quiz. The absence of browser navigation will restrict access to other websites.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="external"></a>External Tools</strong></span></p>
<p>Quizzes can also be delivered using several exam security and monitoring tools available on campus:</p>
<p>- <strong>Smart Exam Monitor (SEM) </strong>is a 3rd party tool that can be used for remote proctoring of online exams including recording webcams and screens. This tool can be paired with ExamLock. For more information see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/446/47/smart-exam-monitor-sem---for-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using Smart Exam Monitor</a>.</p>
<p>- <strong>Respondus LockDown Browser and Monitor</strong>. These tools are only available for <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/593/47/using-respondus-lockdown-browser-and-monitor" target="_blank" rel="noopener">use in Canvas</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Sending Messages to Students]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/sending-messages-to-students]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[70efdf2ec9b086079795c442636b55fb]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 03 Aug 2011 21:51:03 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>There are two main methods for communicating with your students through eClass: <strong>Announcements</strong> and <strong>Messages. </strong>The <strong>Announcements</strong> forum is the <strong>recommended process</strong> and is added by default to the top of each course. </p>
<p><strong>New in summer 2023:</strong> instructors can now also trigger content change notifications in module settings inside eClass to alert students when they make important changes in a course. </p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#announcements">Posting announcements (recommended)</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#messages">Sending messages</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#content-change-notifications">Sending content change notifications</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><a id="announcements"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Announcements (recommended)</strong></span> </p>
<p>Posting in the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/41/14/posting-course-announcements" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Announcements Forum</a> is the preferred choice for course communications because:</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">It creates a running list of important communications to students throughout a term;</li>
<li style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">The forum sends email notifications to students for every post;</li>
<li style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">and students cannot reply to posts in the forum.</li>
</ul>
<p>Announcement forum posts can also be displayed <span style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">in the </span><strong style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">Announcements block </strong>to draw student's attention to them. Additional details can be found in <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/41/29/posting-course-announcements" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Posting Course Announcements</a>.</p>
<p>To post in the announcements forum:</p>
<p>1. Enter the <strong>Announcements</strong> forum or click <strong>Add a new topic</strong> in the <strong>Announcements block</strong>.</p>
<p>2. The Announcements forum is usually near the top of your course:</p>
<p><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/announceBlock.png" alt="" width="508" height="515" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. You can also open the <strong>Block drawer</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/announceBlock-1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>4. And use the <strong>Announcements</strong> block to send an announcement message:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/announceBlock-2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>5. Within the announcements forum, click <strong>Add discussion topic</strong> to post the message ad have it sent to students:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/ann-forum-make-post.png" alt="screenshot making announcement forum post" width="850" height="638" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Note</span>: <strong>If you do not see the Announcements forum</strong> in your course, you may need to re-enable it using the following instructions:<strong> </strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/55/0/missing-the-course-announcements-forum" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Missing the Course Announcements Forum</a>.</p>
<p> </p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="messages"></a>Messages</span></strong> </p>
<p style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">Instructors can also send <strong>Messages</strong> using a text-like messaging tool in the system. <span style="color: #ff0000;">This option is not recommended for regular course communications</span> because the messages reside outside of the course context and are difficult to search for to confirm whether students received them. Messages in this interface reside along with messages from other courses and users and may very well be missed by students. This may be a useful tool for exceptional circumstances like quick updates to specific individuals. </p>
<ol>
<li>To message course participants directly, click on the <strong>Participants</strong> tab at the top of your course page:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/courseannouncements_4.png" alt="" width="639" height="354" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Check all the users who you wish to send a message. You may click <strong>Select all</strong> if you want to message all participants. Then choose <strong>Send a message</strong> from the ‘With selected users...’ dropdown menu at the bottom.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/courseannouncements_5.png" alt="" width="429" height="544" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>A message composer window will open where you can type your message. Click the green button to send your message.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/courseannouncements_6.png" alt="" width="394" height="224" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>A red, numbered alert will appear on the Messages icon for Participants in the course to click on. The messaging drawer now appears along the left-edge of the browser window.<span style="font-weight: 400;"><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/new-mess-2a.png" alt="" width="344" height="198" /><br /><br /><br /></span></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="content-change-notifications"></a></span><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Sending content change notifications</strong></span></p>
<p><strong>Starting in June 2023</strong>, instructors can alert students when they make important content changes in courses. This feature can be used when changes are made in the settings of any activity or resource by checking beside <strong>Send content change notification </strong>at the bottom of the page:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/content-change-notifications.png" alt="Screenshot of new content change notifcation checkbox" width="825" height="268" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>This will send an email to any student who can access that content item or activity in the courses (if an activity is only available to specific groups, the other groups would not see the alert. This functionality is only available when adding items through the activity chooser where the setting spage is available - uploading files by dragging and dropping does not send alerts.<br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>There are additional ways to communicate with students outside of using eClass explained in this article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/100/0/alternatives-to-emailing-students-through-course-announcements" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Alternatives to Emailing Students through Course Announcements</a>.</li>
<li id="yui_3_7_3_2_1397751951230_628">Notifications sent in eClass are also sent via email to students at the University unless they have disabled or misconfigured their notification settings.</li>
</ul>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Setting Up Groupings]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/setting-up-groupings]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[47d1e990583c9c67424d369f3414728e]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 08 May 2014 15:26:45 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">A grouping in eClass is a set of groups. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">If you are creating different groups for different assignments and activities, all groups will be assigned to all assignments and activities all the time without <strong>Groupings</strong>, and students would need to submit on behalf of every group they belong to causing confusion and error conditions.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Once you have </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/0/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">created groups</a><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">, you can create <strong>Groupings</strong> which can be used in two main ways:</span></p>
</div>
<ol>
<li>To enable students to be arranged into different groups for different activities (e.g., one set of groups for discussion and another for an assignment).</li>
<li>To assign eClass content to specific groups of users (e.g., assigning a document only to a specific subset of students in your course).</li>
</ol>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#creating">Creating groupings</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#adding">Adding groups to groupings</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#restrictions">Enabling grouping restrictions</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#examples">Grouping examples</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#restrict">Restrict access</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<h4><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="creating"></a>Creating Groupings:</span></strong></h4>
<p>Groupings are 'groups of groups,' so you have to create groups first in order to create groupings (see our article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/14/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Setting Up Groups</a>).</p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">1. From your course homepage, click on the <strong>Participants</strong> tab </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">at the top of your course page:</span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 80px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-grouping.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>2. Click on the <strong>Enrolled users</strong> dropdown and select <strong>Groupings</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 80px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-groupings-a.png" alt="" width="446" height="407" /> </p>
<p>3. Click on <strong>Create grouping</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img style="font-size: 14.4444446563721px;" src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-groupings-2.png" alt="" width="775" height="370" /></p>
<p>4. Give your grouping a name (required) and a description (if desired). Then, click <strong>Save changes</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-groupings-3.png" alt="" width="868" height="583" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>5. After you have created your grouping it will appear in a row on the Groupings Table. The table shows all course groupings, the groups in each grouping, the number of activities that have been assigned to the grouping, and the editing options for the grouping.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/create-groupings-4.png" alt="" width="779" height="298" /></p>
<h4><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="adding"></a>Adding groups to Groupings:</span></strong></h4>
<p>1. To add groups to a <strong>Grouping</strong>, click on the <strong>Show groups in grouping</strong> icon in the far right column:</p>
<p></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img style="font-size: 14.4444446563721px;" src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-groups-to-groupings.png" alt="" width="819" height="317" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>2. Similarly to adding members to groups, adding groups to groupings also gives you a page with two columns: the left, 'Existing members'' shows groups that are part of your <strong>Grouping</strong> and the right, 'Potential members,' shows the groups available for you to add to your grouping.<br /><br />3. Click on a group's name in the 'Potential members' column to select it, then click the <strong>Add</strong> button between the two columns to move them to your grouping.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-groups-to-groupings-2.png" alt="" width="874" height="516" /><br /><br /><br /></p>
<p>Note: you may also use the Shift key to select a block of groups (click user, hold Shift, click another user). Or, you can use the Control key (Ctrl) (or Command (Cmd) on a Mac) key to select multiple groups that are not in a row (hold Ctrl while selecting multiple groups).<br /><br />4. When you are done adding groups to the grouping, click <strong>Back to groupings</strong> at the bottom of the page.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adding-groups-to-groupings-3.png" alt="" width="617" height="516" /></p>
<h4><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrictions"></a>Enabling grouping restrictions</span></strong></h4>
<p>To use the groups specified by a particular grouping in an assignment or activity, you will have to set the <strong>Groupings</strong> options. These settings no longer restrict access to members of the selected grouping - see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/staff/&lt;a%20href=&quot;#restrict&quot;&gt;">Restrict Access</a> below.</p>
<p>1. To change settings to add grouping options, click <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your course page.<sub><br /></sub></p>
<p>2. Click the 3-dot dropdown and then <strong>Edit settings</strong><em>, </em>to the right of the activity name:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enabling-grouping.png" alt="" width="756" height="307" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. Scroll down to <strong>Common module settings</strong> area and enter the following:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">a. Set the 'Group mode,' 'Visible groups' if your students should see but not affect other groups, or 'Separate groups' if your student should neither see nor affect other groups.  This setting is not required if your grouping contains only one group.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">b. Set "Grouping" to the specific grouping you have set up for this resource/activity.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enabling-grouping-2.png" alt="" width="656" height="292" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>4. Click<strong> Save and return to course</strong>.</p>
<p></p>
<h4><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="examples"></a>Grouping examples:</span></strong></h4>
<p>Mixing up the groups for various group activities: if you have multiple group activities throughout your course, but don't want students to be working with the same people all the time, you can use groupings to set up different groups for your different activities.</p>
<ul>
<li>Example: You divide your class into 3 groups (A, B and C) and add these groups to a grouping called 'Wiki'. You then divide your class into 4 different groups (1, 2, 3 and 4) and add these groups to a grouping called 'Discussion'. When you create your activities, you set your Wiki to use the Wiki grouping (which includes groups A, B and C) and you set your Discussion forum to use the Discussion grouping (which contains groups 1, 2, 3 and 4). Your students will be in one group to complete the wiki and another for the discussion forum.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can also break the students in each section of a combined course up into smaller groups for group activities.</p>
<ul>
<li>Example: Divide the students in Lec A1 into three groups (A, B and C) and then add these groups to a Grouping A1 so that groups A, B and C can be used for group activities contained restricted to their lecture section.</li>
</ul>
<h4><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="restrict"></a>Restrict access:</strong><br /></span></h4>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">1. To limit an entire activity to a grouping, open the </span>Common module settings</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in the activity</span><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">, and click on </span>Add group/grouping access restriction<span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 80px;"></p>
<p style="padding-left: 80px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/topic-grouping-restriction-1.png" alt="" width="730" height="287" /><a id="restrict"></a></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">2. Open </span>Restrict access </strong>settings.</p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">3. Add the grouping from the <em>Grouping access</em> restriction if it has not already populated. </span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 80px;"></p>
<p style="padding-left: 80px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/topic-grouping-restriction-3.png" alt="" width="705" height="215" /></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Restricting Access to An Activity or Resource]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a97da629b098b75c294dffdc3e463904]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 25 Mar 2014 11:41:13 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="color: #333333; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">In some cases, you may wish to set conditions which limit whether a student can access a resource, activity, or an entire topic or section based on any of number of different criteria, including time range, grade range achieved on previous activity, user information, group membership, or by accessing/completing another activity.<br /><br /></span></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#setup">To Set up a restriction</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#completion">Restrict availability based on completion of previous activity</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#date">Restrict availability by date</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#grade">Restrict availability by grade</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#group">Restrict availability by group</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#grouping">Restrict availability by grouping</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#userfield">Restrict availability by user field</a></li>
<li>8 <a href="#restrictionset">Restrict availability by a restriction set</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;"><br />
<p dir="ltr"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; text-decoration: underline;"><a id="setup"></a>To Set up a restriction:</span></strong></span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;">1. Make sure to activate <strong>Edit mode</strong> in the upper right corner of your course page. </span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;">2. Click on the three-dot icon (⋮), then on <strong>Edit settings</strong> to the right of the activity you would like to restrict access to (or conditionally release)</span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;">3. Scroll down to the 'Restrict access' section. </span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;">4. To add any restriction criteria, click the <strong>Add restriction</strong> button.</span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-1.png" alt="" width="401" height="175" /></span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;">A display will open with all the possible criteria you can select from:</span></p>
<p dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-2.png" alt="" width="354" height="512" /></span></p>
<h4 style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #333333;"><strong><a id="completion"></a>Restrict availability based on completion of previous activity:</strong></span></h4>
<p style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><span style="color: #333333;">To restrict the availability of an item on eClass based on the completion of another item, completion tracking must be enabled in your course. This sets up the possibility of having certain activities counted as complete. To see a more detailed description of how to do this, see the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Completion Tracking</a>. </span></p>
<p style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><span style="color: #333333;">Once completion tracking is enabled, you can then restrict access to items based on whether any other item is marked as complete:</span></p>
<ol style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Add restriction..</strong><em>.</em> button.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Activity completion</strong>.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Toggling the eyeball icon (stroke through) to hide the activity completely will hide it from students until the prior activity is complete. If not hidden it will show greyed- out with the restriction criteria listed.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Select the activity/resource that must be marked complete. Previous activity with completion" can be selected rather than a specific activity. This can be used to avoid breaking the access restriction if an activity is removed or modified.  </span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Select the operator for completeness:</span>
<ul>
<li><span style="color: #333333;"><em>must be marked complete</em></span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;"><em>must not be marked complete</em></span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;"><em>must be marked complete with pass grade</em></span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;"><em>must be marked complete with fail grade</em></span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><span style="color: #333333;"><em><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-2a.png" alt="" width="848" height="218" /></em></span></p>
<p>**The same basic options in the screenshot above exist for all the different types of access restrictions listed below.</p>
<h4 dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="date"></a>Restrict availability by date:</span></strong></span></h4>
<ol>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Add restriction...</strong> button.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Date</strong>.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Toggle the eyeball icon to either hide the item completely or show it greyed out with the restriction criteria listed.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Select the date <span style="font-size: 14.6666669845581px;">and times you would like the resource to be available in the </span>drop-down menu</span></li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Note that times are based on the 24-hour clock.</span></li>
</ul>
<h4><span style="color: #333333;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="grade"></a>Restrict availability by grade:</span></strong></span></h4>
<ol>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Add restriction...</strong> button.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Grade</strong>.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Toggle the eyeball icon to either hide the item completely or show it greyed out with the restriction criteria listed.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Enter the grade type and grade range for the activity that a student must attain in order to gain access to the current resource.</span></li>
</ol>
<h4 style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><span style="color: #333333;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="group"></a>Restrict availability by group:</span></strong></span></h4>
<ol style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Add restriction...</strong> button.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Group</strong>.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Toggle the eyeball icon to either hide the item completely or show it greyed out with the restriction criteria listed.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Select the group to limit that item to.</span></li>
</ol>
<h4 style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><span style="color: #333333;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="grouping"></a>Restrict availability by grouping:</span></strong></span></h4>
<ol style="color: #000000; font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 14.6667px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Add restriction...</strong> button.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Grouping</strong>.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Toggle the eyeball icon to either hide the item completely or show it greyed out with the restriction criteria listed.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Select the grouping to limit that item to.</span></li>
</ol>
<h4><span style="color: #333333;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="userfield"></a>Restrict availability by user field:</span></strong></span></h4>
<ol>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>Add restriction..</strong><em>.</em> button.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Click on <strong>User profile</strong>.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Toggle the eyeball icon to either hide the item completely or show it greyed out with the restriction criteria listed.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">In the first field beside 'User profile field'<em>,</em> specify a field that can uniquely identify a user in your course (most often the CCID).</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Change the operator to 'Contains' or 'Doesn't contain' etc., depending on your needs.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">Enter the student's unique identifier in the last box.</span></li>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">If you need to open the resource or activity to a number of individual users, change the 'match' dropdown to 'any' as no user will have more than one CCID for example:</span></li>
</ol>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="color: #333333;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-multi.png" alt="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-multi.png" width="840" height="290" /></span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><span style="color: #333333;">8. If you are setting this restriction for a large number of students, you would be better served to set up groups and groupings to selectively release the material.</span></p>
<h4 dir="ltr"><span style="color: #333333;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="restrictionset"></a>Restrict availability by a restriction set:</span></strong></span></h4>
<ul>
<li><span style="color: #333333;">See the following article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/251/0/using-the-restriction-sets-for-conditional-release" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using Restriction Sets for Conditional Release</a></span></li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Alternatives to Emailing Students through Course Announcements]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/alternatives-to-emailing-students-through-course-announcements]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f899139df5e1059396431415e770c6dd]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 05 Nov 2013 18:20:45 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>The recommended process for communicating with the students in your eClass course is to use the <strong>Announcements</strong> forum, which is automatically created in every eClass course. If you do not see this in your course, please consult the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/55/0/missing-the-course-announcements-forum" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Missing the Course Announcements Forum</a>.</p>
<p>This forum force-subscribes all students so that they receive email notifications (if unchanged from the defaults). Only instructors and TA's can post topics or reply in this forum so it acts as a record of all important communications in a convenient place for students to check.</p>
<p>To ensure that all students receive any important course messages, the best recommended practice is to also instruct your students to log in to eClass and check the Announcements forum regularly.</p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#beartracks">Email from Bear Tracks Class Roster</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#google">Send an email to the Google group for your course</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#message">Messages</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>If you run into issues using the forum and need an alternative method of contacting your students via email, two other external services are available:</p>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="beartracks"></a>Email from Bear Tracks Class Roster</span></strong>
<ul>
<li>Log into Bear Tracks</li>
<li>Enter your course</li>
<li>Click on the student roster</li>
<li>Select all, some, or a single student</li>
<li>Select 'Send email' and compose a message to these students</li>
</ul>
<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="google"></a>Send an email to the Google group for your course</span></strong>
<ul>
<li><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Note:</strong> For assistance specifically with creating Google course groups, please contact the IST Service desk directly by phone at <span>780-492-8000</span> or through the <a href="https://universityofalberta.freshservice.com/support/home" target="_blank" rel="noopener">U of A Service Portal</a> available on the <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/services/staff-service-centre/index.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Staff Service Centre</a> and the <a href="https://www.ualberta.ca/services/student-service-centre/index.html">Student Service Centre</a> webpages.</span></strong></li>
<li><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">Google Course Groups can be used as an alternative to eClass to email all students of a selected course and section(s).</span></strong></li>
<li><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">They are created by an instructor of a course as required. They are no longer automatically created for all courses.</span></strong></li>
<li><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">View <a href="https://docs.google.com/document/d/1cROhWYpxuDyVUZ2u_dU2bSKQ9JqEGdopE3DJegA443c/edit#heading=h.ezupbsb6nt9i" target="_blank" rel="noopener">online instructions for creating course groups</a> which includes additional information on the system and roles.</span></strong></li>
<li><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">All the students and registered instructors of the selected course and section(s) will be automatically added to the group overnight. Please note that you may not see any additional members in the group until the day after it was created.</span></strong></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">All course groups are created using the same naming conventions: GRP-</span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">TERMCODE</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">-</span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">COURSECODE-COURSENUMBER</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">-</span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">SECTIONTYPE</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;">-</span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">SECTIONNUMBER</span></em>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">For example: ‘grp-winter20-math101-lec-a1@ualberta.ca’</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can now create a single course group for multiple sections. When doing so, you can replace the “</span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">SECTIONNUMBER”</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> portion of a group name with a custom suffix</span>
<ul>
<li><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">For example: ‘grp-winter20-math101-lec-</span><strong>all</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">@ualberta.ca’ or ‘grp-winter20-math101-lec-</span><strong>a1-b1</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">@ualberta.ca’</span></strong></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can email a course group by typing the course group name into the </span><strong>To</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">: address field</span>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Tip: typing 'grp-winter20-math101' into the To: field will show all the available Google Course Groups for the Winter 2020 MATH 101 course in the dropdown list below the box and you can select the specific sub-section</span></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>You can also access the list of all google groups you are enrolled in (which should include groups for any Bear Tracks sections where you are enrolled as an instructor) through the following area within your ualberta gmail or google drive:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/google-groups.png" alt="" width="697" height="623" /></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p></p>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="message"></a>Messages</strong></span>
<ul style="list-style-type: square;">
<li>Additionally, there is a person-to-person messaging system built into eClass - see option 2 under <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/17/14/sending-messages-to-students" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Sending Messages to Students</a> for more information. Please note that this person-to-person messaging system is not usually recommended because it can be difficult to track message history when using it.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ul style="list-style-type: circle;"></ul>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Roles on eClass]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/roles-on-eclass]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[17e62166fc8586dfa4d1bc0e1742c08b]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 20 Jan 2012 20:22:55 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>eClass has a wide range of roles available to allow different users different sets of capabilities in courses. If you have any questions about the different roles and capabilities, please contact IST eClass Support.</p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#basic">Basic Roles</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#notes">Notes</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#category">Category-Level and Admin Roles</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#cat-access">Accessing Category Courses</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="basic"></a>Basic Roles</strong></span></p>
<p>For regular Bear Tracks credit sections, instructors <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/23/0/adding-additional-users-to-my-eclass-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">manually adding additional users </a> (other than students) into your course can only select from the following roles:</p>
<ul>
<li>Instructor: Additional instructors would have the exact same capabilities that you have. Instructors can do anything within a course, including changing the activities and grading students. Instructors can also enroll other administrative users in the course (Instructors, TAs, Non-editing TAs).<br /><br /></li>
<li>Designer: This role is a non-instructing editor (the opposite of the Non-editing Instructor). It is intended for anyone who would be constructing and editing course content, layout, settings, etc, but who would NOT be expected to view student information, submissions, or grades. The role does not have permission to enroll other users in the course. <br /><br /></li>
<li>Non-editing Instructors: Non-editing instructors can administer activities and grade students but can not add materials to the course. The role is commonly used in courses where local support units do the course creation for instructors. <br /><br /></li>
<li>TA: TAs can perform all the same course design and teaching activities as Instructors. The role does not have permission to enroll other users in the course.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Non-Editing TA: Non-editing TAs do not have the ability to upload materials to the course, nor to create learning activities (they do not have the 'Turn Editing On' button.) They are able to access the gradebook, grade activities (assignments, quizzes, etc), and view all course content.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Auditor: Auditors have the same privileges as students in a course with the exception of access to the gradebook. This is the role to choose if you want a user to be able to view course materials and participate in activities but not receive any marks.<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
<p>The following table provides an overview of these roles with their basic capabilities:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;">Role/Action</td>
<td>See visible content</td>
<td>See hidden content and closed courses</td>
<td>Edit content</td>
<td>Interact with users</td>
<td>Edit grades</td>
<td>Add users</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;">Instructor</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;">✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Designer</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Non-Editing Instructor</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>TA</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Non-editing TA</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auditor</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> ✔</td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> </td>
<td style="text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;"> </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong><a id="notes"></a>Notes:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>You should <strong>never need to enroll the students in your course</strong> - students are enrolled via a daily synchronization process which reflects changes in Bear Tracks automatically. For students who have recently enrolled, there can be up to a 48-hour lag between their Bear Tracks enrollment and their appearance in the eClass course.</li>
<li>Instructors also have the ability to add guests into their courses through a different process - see the following knowledgebase article for instructions: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/50/0/allowing-guests-to-access-your-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Allowing Guests to Access Your Course</a>. Guests have minimal privileges and usually can not enter text anywhere. They can generally see all the content in a course that a student can but cannot see any areas where students have submitted anything such as forums, chats, etc.</li>
<li>Instructors needing to enroll librarians in a single course to update the Library Resources block should add them as Designers (see below for more information).</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="category"></a>Category-Level and Admin Roles</strong></span></p>
<p>There are a number of other roles available on eClass that allow users to access all the courses within a particular faculty or department <em>without being explicitly enrolled in the course</em>. These enrollments are always subject to <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/13KZ8Uifxa54ktVBEWsLNjg0gCW_7t1_v/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">departmental approval</a> and can only be given out by IST eClass support system administrators and category managers. The different roles are:</p>
<ul>
<li>Category Managers: This role enables staff at a faculty or department level to oversee, support, and construct eClass courses for the faculty members and instructors of their area. This role can only be given out by IST eClass support with the approval of Faculty or Department heads.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Non-credit Course Instructor: This role can do anything within a course, including changing the activities and grading students. Instructors can also enroll other administrative users in the course (Instructors, TAs, Non-editing TAs) but since their courses are not linked to Bear Tracks, they also have the capability of enroling students in their course.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Category Question Editor/Sharer:  These roles provide the ability to share quiz questions across courses and edit questions at the category level. All the courses must reside in the same category and the role can only be assigned at a category level. The nested category structure allows the capabilities to cascade to any sub-categories and can only be assigned by IST eClass support.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Administrative Staff: Admin Staff by default can do anything within a course, including changing the activities and grading students. The role is meant to provide a flexible option for faculties or departments who want staff to be able to assist instructors in different ways with the expectation that the capabilities will be customized at the category level. The role cannot make manual enrollments.<br /><br /></li>
<li>DoS Support Staff: This role is assigned to Dean of Students staff who need to assist students in courses with approved accommodations such as interpretation. These users can view materials in courses and assist students, but may not alter activities, view any grades, or view the course participant list. For further information or any questions about this role, please contact the Academic Success Centre at <a rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank" href="mailto:arec@ualberta.ca">arec@ualberta.ca</a>.</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Tutor: Tutors can view materials in courses and assist students, but may not alter activities or view any grades. This is basically a 'Non-grading TA' role.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Librarians: Once approved by a faculty or department, library staff can be enrolled as category librarians so that they can edit the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/78/13/adding-the-library-resources-block" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Library Resources block </a>and add any subject-specific links to library readings or materials to a course. The role cannot see the names of students or other course participants, cannot access any user data such as forum posts or submissions, and cannot access the gradebook.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="cat-access"></a>Accessing Category Courses:</strong></span></p>
<p><strong>New in 2023</strong>: Once a user is enrolled in one of these roles, they can set up access to their category courses using the instructions in the article <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/513/49/eclass-category-access" target="_blank" rel="noopener">eClass Category Access</a>.</strong></p>
<p>For any questions about <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/513/49/eclass-category-access#obtaining-approval">the approval process</a> for these types of enrollments or the specific capabilities of any of the roles, please contact the IST eClass Support team at eclass@ualberta.ca.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Completion Tracking]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/completion-tracking]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[006f52e9102a8d3be2fe5614f42ba989]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 03 Jul 2014 12:47:15 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>This article outlines how instructors can set up courses so that students can track the completion of items in their course. Items can be marked manually as completed by the students or be flagged automatically as completed based on the conditions set by the instructor.</p>
<p>After Completion Tracking is enabled, it can be used as additional criteria <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/0/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">to restrict access to activities.</a> e.g., requiring students to complete an assignment before they can attempt a quiz.</p>
<p>Completion tracking can also be used to mark the completion of an entire course, though this is typically only used for non-credit courses such as accreditation courses, placement tests, or professional development purposes.</p>
</div>
<div>Completion tracking criteria information and statuses are now <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/502/10/completion-tracking---for-students" target="_blank" rel="noopener">displayed directly in course pages</a> for better student awareness and increased visibility into progress through a course.</div>
<div>
<div> </div>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#enabling">Enabling Completion Tracking</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#for activities resources">Completion Tracking for individual activities or resources</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#defaults and bulk">Managing defaults and making bulk updates</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#managing">Managing completion statuses</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#course-completion">Setting up course completion</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="enabling"></a>Enabling Completion Tracking:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Settings</strong> at the top of your course page:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/completion_settings.png" alt="" width="523" height="231" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Scroll down to the "Completion tracking" section, toggle the dropdown to <strong>Yes</strong>,,and save the updated setting when complete. Instructors can choose not to show in-page details about activity completion.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/completion-tracking-1.png" alt="enable completing tracking" width="484" height="144" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>All activities and resources will display an 'Activity completion' category.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/completion-2.png" alt="" width="415" height="509" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="for activities resources"></a>Setting Completion Tracking for individual activities or resources:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click to turn on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your course page, then click on the 3dot dropdown and click <strong>Edit settings</strong> to the right of any activity or resource.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Near the bottom of the list of settings, under 'Activity completion,' specify the requirements for Completion tracking:
<ul>
<li>"Do not indicate activity completion" (default) - Completion tracking is disabled.</li>
<li>"Students can manually mark the activity as completed" - gives students a <em>Mark as Done</em> button (See top of article) next to the activity or resource.</li>
<li>"Show activity as complete when conditions are met" - automatically marks the activity as complete based on set criteria.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/completion-4.png" alt="" width="596" height="259" /><br /><br />Choosing 'Show activity as complete when conditions are met' will grant you access to the expanded settings where the student must meet all the specified criteria to complete the activity:<br />
<ul>
<li><span id="id_completionview_description">'Student must view this activity to complete it'</span></li>
<li><span id="id_completionusegrade_description">'Student must receive a grade to complete this activity'</span></li>
<li>'Require passing grade' - (Quizzes only)
<ul style="list-style-type: circle;">
<li>A value must also be provided in the 'Grade to pass' field under the <strong>Grade </strong>section of the quiz settings.<strong><br /></strong></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>'Require posts' - (Forums only)</li>
<li>'Require discussions' - (Forums only)</li>
<li>'Require replies' - (Forums only)</li>
<li><label for="id_completionsubmit">'Student must make a submission'</label>- (Assignments only)<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>'Expect completed on' - Specifies the date when the activity is expected to be completed. This date is not shown to students and is only displayed in the activity completion report for your reference.</li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="defaults and bulk"></a>Managing defaults and making bulk updates:</strong></span></p>
<p>To set default activity completion modes for different activities and resource types within courses, and to make bulk changes to the existing activity completion settings for all the activities/resources in your course, see the <a href="#course-completion">Course completion settings</a> section below for how to access the expanded features which appear as a dropdown under <strong>Course completion</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/bulk-activity-completion-0.png" alt="" width="" height="" /><br /><br /></p>
<ul>
<li>The '<strong>Default activity completion</strong>' tab allows you to set the default activity completion for each of the different <strong>types</strong> of activities and resources in the course. You can make changes to single types or switch the settings for multiple types at once:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/bulk-activity-completion-1.png" alt="" width="" height="" /></li>
<li>Click edit to change the <strong>Default activity completion</strong> settings:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/bulk-activity-completion-2.png" alt="" width="" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The '<strong>Bulk edit activity completion</strong>' tab lists <strong>all</strong> the existing activities and resources in your course and allows you to select one or more to change the settings for (the editing interface is the same as if you were editing by <strong>type</strong> as shown above):<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/bulk-activity-completion-3.png" alt="" width="654" height="496" /><br /><br /><br /></li>
</ul>
<p id="activity-completion-report"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="managing"></a>Managing completion statuses:</span></strong></p>
<ol style="list-style-type: undefined;">
<li>Click on <strong>Reports</strong> at the top of your course page and then <strong>Activity completion</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/completion-3.png" alt="" width="560" height="323" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>This page shows a table of your students and the activities and resources with completion tracking enabled. Dashed boxes indicate completion based on criteria; solid boxes indicate that students can mark completion manually.<br />Below the table are options for exporting the data to a file.<br />Clicking a box allows you to manually override a completion status for students.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/completion-4a.png" alt="" width="740" height="527" /><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/completion-4b.png" alt="" width="394" height="164" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="course-completion"></a>Setting up Course Completion:</span></strong></p>
<p>This setting will allow your course to be flagged as "complete" in eClass. Completion settings must be enabled <a href="#enabling">as above</a>. This is not typically used for regular credit courses as it is officially managed by an instructor through Bear Tracks. Non-credit courses may use this feature to deliver sequences of courses together (where completion of a final course is tied to completion of the other courses). To set this up:</p>
<ol>
<li>Go to <strong>Course completion</strong> from the <strong>gear</strong> icon on your course dashboard.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/completion-5.png" alt="" width="747" height="338" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Under <em>General</em>, in the 'Course completion' tab, click on the <strong>Completion requirements</strong> dropdown menu and choose one of the aggregation options.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/completion%20tracking%202.png" alt="All or any conditions" width="629" height="278" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Specify the completion criteria:
<ul>
<li>"Activity completion" - Tie course completion to the completion of any activity or resource within the course.</li>
<li>"Completion of other courses" - Tie course completion in the current course to completion of other courses.</li>
<li>"Date" - Set a cut-off date in which the course will be declared complete or incomplete.</li>
<li>"Enrollment duration" - Choose the number of days after enrollment when the course will be declared as complete or incomplete.</li>
<li>"Unenrollment" - Declare the course as completed once the student is unenrolled.</li>
<li>"Course Grade" - Set a specific grade in the course that must be achieved to count it complete.</li>
<li>"Manual self-completion" - Allows students to mark their own course as complete (Note: Self-completion block must be added).</li>
<li>"Manual completion by others" - Allows users with specific roles to mark the course as complete. Add a checkmark next to the corresponding roles. You may also choose whether all or any of the selected roles need to mark the activity as completed.<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Save the changes when complete.<br /><br /></li>
<li id="course-completion-report">'Course completion' will appear as 'Activity completion' under the <strong>Reports </strong>tab at the top of your course page.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/completion-6a.png" alt="" width="539" height="264" /></li>
<li id="course-completion-report"><strong>Activity completion</strong> provides a list of all students who have met the course completion criteria:</li>
</ol>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/completion-7.png" alt="" width="600" height="536" /></p>
</div>
</div>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Advanced Use of eClass Assignments]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/advanced-use-of-eclass-assignments]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a2557a7b2e94197ff767970b67041697]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 10 Oct 2014 11:53:02 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>The assignment tool has a wide range of configuration options that make it a powerful tool for assessing students. It can be especially useful in large course sections where there are several options available to streamline working with a high number of submissions. (For a basic walkthrough of the assignment settings, please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/134/13/adding-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Assignments</a>.)</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Advanced Assignment Settings</strong></span></p>
<p>The different areas of advanced settings available for grading assignments are described below with links out to articles specifically covering those topics:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/258/15/group-submission-in-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Allowing Group Submissions</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Enables students to submit a single assignment per group and provide grades and feedback to the entire group as a whole</p>
</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/259/15/downloading-assignment-submissions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Downloading all assignment file submissions at once</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Download a zipped folder of all student file submissions for offline grading</p>
</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/260/15/uploading-multiple-assignment-feedback-files-at-once" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Uploading Multiple Feedback Files at once</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- After working offline and entering comments into student file submissions, you can upload them in one batch</p>
</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/261/15/using-a-grading-workflow-to-organize-marking-and-coordinate-release-of-grades" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using the Marking workflow to release grades to students at the same time</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Grading high volume assignments can be managed by adding a workflow option allowing for review, tracking, and timed release of grades</p>
</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/262/15/splitting-up-grading-of-assignments-in-large-sections" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using Marker allocation to divide grading work among your instructors and TAs</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- With the grading workflow enabled, you can assign subsets of submissions to TAs and other instructors in your course for grading</p>
</li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Grading Assignments</strong></span></p>
<p>Providing students with grades and feedback using the assignment activity is covered in the following series of articles:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/35/15/grading-student-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Grading Student Assignments</a></span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/259/15/downloading-assignment-submissions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Downloading Assignment Submissions</a></span></p>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/261/15/using-a-grading-workflow-to-organize-marking-and-coordinate-release-of-grades" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Controlling Release of Grades to Students using the Assignment activity</a></span></p>
</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/64/0/using-rubrics" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Grading Assignments based on a Custom Rubric</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Assignment grades can be given out by selecting specific levels on a series of criteria from a rubric designed by the instructor</p>
</li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/170/15/using-marking-guides-to-grade-assignment" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Grading Assignments based on a Custom marking guide</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Similar to the rubric, assignment grades are given out by entering scores on pre-selected criteria with the added option of re-using commonly used comments</p>
</li>
<li>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/272/15/grading-pdf-assignment-submissions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Grading PDF Assignment Submissions</a></span></p>
</li>
<li><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/284/15/assessing-forum-posts-using-the-assignment-activity" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Grading Forum Posts within the Assignment Activity</a>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">- Enable students to pull all their posts/replies from a forum into the assignment as their submission</p>
</li>
<li>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/260/15/uploading-multiple-assignment-feedback-files-at-once" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Uploading Multiple Assignment Feedback Files at Once</a></span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/262/15/splitting-up-grading-of-assignments-in-large-sections" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Splitting up Grading of Assignments in Large Sections</a></span></p>
</li>
<li>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/36/6/problems-grading-assignments" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Problems Grading Assignments</a></span></p>
</li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Copying Content Off of eClass Courses]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/copying-content-off-of-eclass-courses]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[6883966fd8f918a4aa29be29d2c386fb]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 13 Apr 2017 09:54:20 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">If you know that you will lose access to an eClass course and wish to retain the content from the course, you have several options depending on the type of content and your role in the course. This article describes the various options for copying content off of eClass available to the different user roles on the site. <br /></span></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"></span></p>
</div>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#student">If you are a student in a course</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#instructor">If you are an instructor in a course</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#backingup">Backing up your eClass course</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#restorebackup">Restoring a backup in eClass</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="student"></a>If you are a student in a course:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>For content you have contributed (e.g., forum posts) or submitted (e.g., assignment submissions), you can export content directly to one of the 2 available portfolio services: Google Docs or Google Sites. For more information on this process, <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/119/26/exporting-content-to-a-portfolio" target="_blank" rel="noopener"></a><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/507/1/creating-and-editing-an-e-portfolio">Creating and editing an ePortfolio</a>.</li>
<li>For content uploaded into the course as an external file type (e.g., MS Word, PDF, etc), you can copy any files in the course to your local computer via the normal browser processes for saving files - right-click (cmd-click) and select "Save-as" a file.</li>
<li>For native eClass course content (page resources, tab displays, content section headings, etc.), you can highlight any desired content on the browser page and paste it into a text editor such as MS Word or a Google Doc.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="instructor"></a>If you are an instructor in a course:</strong></span></p>
<p>For individual content items, all the same processes available to students listed above can be used to copy content. In addition, you may:</p>
<ul>
<li>copy any or all the content from a course into another course on eClass using the <strong>Import</strong> workflow described in <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/60/13/transferring-content-between-courses" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Transferring Content Between Courses</a>.</li>
<li>save a <strong>backup</strong> of a course to your local machine. Backups are not human-readable and can only be restored into another existing Moodle installation, into an eClass course, and can be manually imported into Canvas. Instructors cannot back up activities (forums, assignments) including student submissions. Additional details on the backup process, including importing backup files into Canvas <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/377">available here</a>.</li>
</ul>
<p></p>
<p><a id="backingup"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Backing up your eClass course:</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li>On your course main page, click on the <strong>More</strong> tab, then on <strong>Course Import/Export</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/backupCourse0.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>From the dropdown list, select <strong>Backup<br /><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/backupcourse00.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /><br /></strong></li>
<li>Keep the default Backup settings and click on <strong>Jump to final step</strong>. If you would like to save only part of your course, click <strong>Next</strong> to choose which specific topics, resources, and activities from your course will be backed up.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/backupCourse1.png" alt="" width="650" height="847" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once the backup has been created, select <strong>Continue</strong>. This will take you to the Restore course page where you can manage your backups.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/backupCourse2.png" alt="" width="692" height="496" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">Under the section titled <em>User private backup area,</em> you should be able to see and <strong>Download</strong> the backup file that was just created.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/backupCourse3.png" alt="" width="700" height="" /></p>
<p><br /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="restorebackup"></a>Restoring a backup in eClass:</strong></span><br /><br /></p>
<ol>
<li>This file is not human-readable but can be restored into an eClass course at any time to view the content. No student or user data is included in the backup file including forum/announcement posts and assignment submissions.<br /><br />If you have already backed up the course previously, you may always access the '<em>User private backup area'</em> by clicking <strong>Course Import/Export</strong> &gt; <strong>Restore</strong>.<br /><br />Backup files created using this mechanism can also be <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/377/14/backup-and-restore-your-course-content#importtocanvas" target="_blank" rel="noopener">imported into Canvas</a>.</li>
</ol>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using the Group Sign-Up block (Students)]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-the-group-sign-up-block-students]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d81f9c1be2e08964bf9f24b15f0e4900]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 15 Sep 2017 15:08:54 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>This article describes using the Group Sign-up to join pre-existing groups and when students will create their own groups. This is an optional tool that your instructor may enable assigning students to groups for projects or assignments,</p>
<p>For many courses, groups are pre-determined or set up differently so students will only need to follow these instructions if explicitly told to by instructors.</p>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#groupblock">Group Sign-up block</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#joinexisting">Join an existing group</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#leavegroup">Leave a group</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#create-group">Create/Edit a group</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#enroll-students">Enrolling other students in your group</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#lockgroup">Lock your group choices</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#view-group">View group</a></li>
<li>8 <a href="#related-article">Related Article(s)</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="groupblock"></a>Group Sign-up block:</strong></span></p>
<p>If your instructor has enabled group sign-up, students will see the <strong>Group-Sign-up</strong> block into the drawer on the right side of the main page of your course:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-signup-stud-1.png" alt="" width="420" height="223" /></p>
<p></p>
<p>If you do not see information blocks on the right side of your main course page, click the 'Open block drawer' button:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-signup-open-block-drawer" alt="Open block drawer" width="254" height="125" /></p>
<p>Note: You may have to scroll down the block drawer to find the <strong>Group Sign-up</strong> block:</p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="joinexisting"></a>Join an existing group:</strong></span> </p>
<p>You will not be able to 'Edit group' until you 'Join existing group.'</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-signup-stud-2.png" alt="" width="300" height="162" style="font-size: 11pt;" /></p>
<p>If you are joining an existing group, use the 'Join existing group' link.</p>
<p>To join a group, click the check box beside a group:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-signup-3.png" alt="" width="536" height="291" style="font-size: 11pt;" /></p>
<p>When you join a group, you will get a confirmation pop-up: 'Successfully joined group'.</p>
<p>If a group is full, you will not be able to see the group.</p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="leavegroup"></a>Leave a group:</strong></span></p>
<p>If group selections have not been locked by the instructor, you can also leave a group whether it has been created by you, another student or by your instructor.</p>
<p>If you have chosen the wrong group, click on 'Edit group,' then click the 'Leave group' checkbox:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-signup-leave-group.png" alt="Leave group" width="424" height="238" /></p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="create-group"></a>Create/Edit a group:</strong></span> </p>
<p>If your instructor has set up the Group Sign-up block to allow students to create their own groups, you will see the 'Create/Edit a group' link. Click there to begin:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-selfcreated-signup-6.png" alt="" width="300" /></p>
<p> You will have the options both to name the group you are creating and also to allow your classmates to find your group:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-selfcreated-signup-4.png" alt="" width="504" height="306" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="enroll-students"></a>Enrolling other students in your group</strong></span>:</p>
<p>Once you have created a group, you can enroll classmates in your group by typing their names or by selecting them from the 'Type a name' dropdown list:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-selfcreated-signup-5.png" alt="" width="600" /></p>
<p>Note: If your instructor has set a limit to the group size, you will see an error message: '<span style="color: #ff0000;">ERROR: Too many members in group</span>' when you try to 'Save changes' to your group. Click the 'x' beside each name to remove a member until you can save your group without an error.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="lockgroup"></a>Lock your group choice:</strong></span></p>
<p>Clicking <strong>Lock my group choice</strong> will remove your ability to make any changes and remove the ability for anyone but your instructors to remove you from a group.</p>
<p>Locking group choices is not required or recommended under normal circumstances.</p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="view-group"></a>View group</strong></span>:</p>
<p>If you wish to see who else is in your group, click on 'View group':</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-view-stud-3.png" alt="View group" width="247" height="169" /></p>
<p>You will see a simple list of your group members:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-signup-stud-3.png" alt="" width="447" height="218" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="related-article"></a>Related Article</strong></span>:</p>
<p><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/366/33/using-the-group-sign-up-block-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Using the Group Sign-Up block (Instructors)</a></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Detailed Features of the eClass Mobile App ]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/detailed-features-of-the-eclass-mobile-app]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ffd52f3c7e12435a724a8f30fddadd9c]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 14 Dec 2018 13:18:38 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>The eClass mobile app, currently in a public beta release, offers faculty, students, and staff easy access to eClass course content. <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/374/10/using-the-eclass-mobile-app" target="_blank" rel="noopener">The app is available for download here.</a></p>
<p>This article describes some of the differences between the app and regular desktop access as well as the main expected uses for the app. Overall, <em><strong>the app should be thought of as a tool for students and instructors to access course content on-the-go</strong></em>. </p>
<p><strong>Please note</strong>, that there are some major differences between the functionality in the mobile app and the regular browser-based experience:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Instructors should not plan to perform any major administrative functions using the app such as constructing their courses or grading students.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Students may encounter issues viewing content on mobile and should not plan on using the mobile app as their sole option for accessing eClass.<br /></strong></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>General Interface Differences:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>The Dashboard page (course list) uses a standard version that is missing many of eClass’s customisations including re-ordering, highlighting, and hiding.</li>
<li>Course content is displayed one section per page with options added for navigating between sections.</li>
<li>The different course formats available in the regular browser view are not available in mobile. Note that this may drastically change the display of content between the browser version of eClass and the app.</li>
<li>The online text editor has a different look and includes a different set of options.</li>
<li>The right-side blocks available in the desktop view are not available in the mobile view.<br /> </li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Student Activity Differences:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>Forum posts and replies can be added through the app by clicking the large green plus icon near the bottom right. Files and photos from the device can be attached to a post and as assignment submission (but cannot added through the system editor within posts.)</li>
<li>Quizzes can be taken using the mobile app with an alternative for offline delivery. Note: quizzes containing the ‘All-or-Nothing Multiple Choice’ question type cannot be completed in the app.</li>
<li>Many of the U of A’s custom developed plugins are not yet available in the app but instead display a link to launch the mobile browser view of that tool. These include:
<ul>
<li>Tab display</li>
<li>Group peer assessment</li>
<li>Anonymous forum</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>LTI external tools do not function reliably including Zoom meeting links.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Instructor / Course Administration Differences:</strong></span></p>
<ul>
<li>Many administrative functions are not possible in the mobile app including adding or changing course participants, viewing or modifying groups, viewing course usage reports, creating or editing course content, and modifying the gradebook setup.</li>
<li>No grading table is available for instructors. Student grades can be viewed (not entered) by clicking Participants &gt; [Student name] &gt; Grades.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Known Issues:</strong></span></p>
<p>In addition to the above known functional differences, there are a number of known bugs and issues in the app functionality that are under investigation or which are already being repaired (some by Moodle HQ and some by the eClass team). These include:</p>
<ul>
<li>Many of the blocks in the right-hand block drawer, including the "Library Resources" block, will not display in the app.</li>
<li>Styling and display of activity completion restriction messages on course content items.</li>
<li>The ‘Add New Discussion’ button in forums that do not yet have posts is not currently working (posts can be added via the green plus icon).</li>
<li>Improving display for custom local activities and resources by replacing the generic puzzle piece icon with actual existing icons.</li>
<li>Android navigation back button and the bottom application navigation options do not function consistently.</li>
<li>Android app looks for any installed audio recording apps for doing audio recording submissions. Fails when none are detected.</li>
<li>Embedded google drive videos will not play.</li>
<li>Kaltura video content will only load on the second attempt.</li>
<li>Some filters, such as the MathJax filter for displaying mathematical notation, may not display properly.</li>
<li>At the top of a course, a student might see a percentage bar. This relates to the percentage of activities that are able to be marked as complete that are marked as complete. This does not relate to course completion or the grade that you have on the course. </li>
</ul>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Posting Course Announcements]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/posting-course-announcements]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3416a75f4cea9109507cacd8e2f2aefc]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 06 Jan 2012 21:45:31 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">The </span><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Announcements</strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"> forum is the best, and recommended, tool to communicate with your students in eClass. By default, all students will receive email messages forwarded from the </span><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Announcements</strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"> forum every time you post to it. Using this tool also keeps a persistent record of all the announcements you send to your class so that students can check back and view posts if necessary.</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">New in June</span></strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"> 2023, instructors can also alert students when they make <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/17/29/sending-messages-to-students#content-change-notifications" target="_blank" rel="noopener">content changes in courses</a>.</span><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"></span></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>If you do not see the <strong>Announcements</strong> forum, please see <a href="#troubleshooting"><strong>Troubleshooting Announcement forum problems</strong></a> below or check the article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/55/0/missing-the-course-announcements-forum" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Missing the Course Announcements Forum</a>.</p>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#posting">Posting an Announcement</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#availability">Availability</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#troubleshooting">Troubleshooting Announcement forum problems</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#appearance">Changing the Announcements forum appearance</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#news">Changing news display in the Announcements block:</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#hiding">Hiding/showing Announcements</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="posting"></a>Posting an Announcement:</span></strong>
<p>Posting an announcement follows the process exactly as in any eClass discussion forum. You can either click on <strong>Add a new topic</strong> in the 'Announcements' block in the right-hand block drawer or click on the 'Announcements' <span style="font-size: 11pt;">link in the top section of your course and then </span><strong style="font-size: 11pt;">Add a new topic</strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;"> once you are inside your course </span><strong style="font-size: 11pt;">Announcements</strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;"> forum. You can then enter your message text as you would normally for </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/339/10/posting-in-discussion-forums" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-size: 11pt;">any eClass forum</a><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p>Click on the <strong>Announcements</strong> link:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/announceBlock.png" alt="" width="508" height="515" /><br />Or open the block drawer:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/announceBlock-1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>And click on 'Add a new topic...":</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/announceBlock-2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="availability"></a>Availability:</span></strong></p>
<p>Through the forum settings, you can set dates for the availability of course announcements:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/announcements-timed.png" alt="" width="572" height="122" /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="troubleshooting"></a>Troubleshooting Announcement forum problems:</span></strong></p>
<p>In general, there are 2 things that can prevent your <strong>Announcements</strong> forum from sending messages to students:</p>
<ol>
<li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Changing the forum's subscription settings</span><br />It is possible to change the <em>Subscription mode </em>setting, which can be accessed by going to your forum settings and navigating to the 'Subscription and tracking' category. <strong>This setting should always be left unchanged and set to 'Forced subscription'.</strong><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/announcemts-probs-2.png" alt="" width="565" height="137" align="bottom" border="0" hspace="0" vspace="0" /><br /><br /></li>
<li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">The announcements forum is hidden/unavailable to students</span><br />It is possible to post messages to the forum through the Announcements block in the right-hand block drawer. But if the forum is hidden on the main course page, these announcements will not be visible, nor will any messages be sent.</li>
<li>If the course is currently closed (for example, if you're posting an announcement for students in an upcoming course), students will not receive a notification.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/announcemts-probs-1.png" alt="" width="875" height="183" align="bottom" border="0" hspace="0" vspace="0" /></li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="appearance"></a>Changing the Announcements forum appearance:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If you wish, you can change the name of <strong>Announcement</strong> forum. Turn on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your course page.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>pencil</strong> icon beside the forum and enter a new title.</li>
<li>Press 'Enter' to save and confirm your changes. The 'Esc' key can be used to cancel any changes.<br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="news"></a>Changing news display in the Announcements block:</span></strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">If you would like to change the number of news items that appear in the 'Announcements' block, click the <strong>Settings</strong> tab at the top of your course page then scroll down to the 'Appearance' category and change the value for ‘Number of announcements’ to the desired value. Be sure to click on <strong>Save changes </strong>at the bottom of the page.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/number of announcements setting.png" alt="number of announcements setting" width="611" height="183" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="hiding"></a>Hiding/showing Announcements:</span></strong></p>
<p>If you wish to remove the 'Announcements' entirely,</p>
<ol>
<li>You need to turn on <strong>Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your course page.</li>
<li>Set the number of ‘Number of announcements’ to <strong>zero</strong>.</li>
<li>Delete the 'Announcements' forum from the course home page by clicking on the 3dot dropdown beside it</li>
<li>Click on <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If you try to delete the 'Announcements' without changing the setting ‘Number of announcements’ to zero, it will reappear. You will also need to delete the 'Announcements' block from the right-hand column of blocks to completely remove the 'Announcements'.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/number of announcements zero setting.png" alt="number of announcements zero setting" width="564" height="198" /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/announcement5.png" alt="" width="600" height="329" /></p>
<p><br />Conversely, if you have previously deleted the 'Announcements' from your course, you can only return it by reversing these changes:</p>
<ol>
<li>In the course <strong>Settings</strong>, enter a value greater than zero in the number of ‘Number of announcements’</li>
<li><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Add the 'Announcements' block: turn on </span><strong style="font-size: 11pt;">Edit Mode</strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">; w</span><span style="font-size: 11pt;">ith the block drawer open, click on </span><strong style="font-size: 11pt;">Add a block</strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;"> then select </span><strong style="font-size: 11pt;">Announcements</strong><span style="font-size: 11pt;">.</span></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Adding file attachments:</strong></span><br /><br />You can add a file attachment to an announcement by first clicking <strong>Add discussion topic</strong> and then by clicking on the <strong>Advanced</strong> link below the message text:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"> <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/announcements6.png" alt="Image of Advanced link" width="491" height="118" /></p>
<p>Drag and drop a file from your computer into the 'Attachment' area just below the 'Message' text entry box, or click on the file icon and search for a file to upload:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/courseannouncements_7.png" alt="" /></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Enabling the Self Enrollment Method]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/enabling-the-self-enrollment-method]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[a684eceee76fc522773286a895bc8436]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 21 Aug 2012 21:11:31 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[- NA -]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">eClass instructors can enable the Self-enrollment method in their course if they want to allow users to enroll themselves by accessing the URL to the course and clicking a link for self-enrollment. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Self-enrollment is </span><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">not required for regular Bear Tracks credit section enrollments. </strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Regular enrollments occur automatically based on synchronization between an eClass credit course section and the corresponding Bear Tracks class list. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Self-enrollment will normally be needed only for non-credit sections on the main production eClass (requires CCIDs) or eClass External course (users do not require CCIDs).</span></p>
</div>
<p>If you are instructing a Bear tracks credit section and you do not see your students enrolled within 24 hours of your course being created, contact IST eClass support immediately at <a href="mailto:eclass@ualberta.ca">eclass@ualberta.ca</a> or 780-492-9372.<br /><br /></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#enable">Enable Self-enrollment in your Non-credit or External course</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#settings">Settings</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#delete">Delete self-enrolled users</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#student">Student self-enrollment procedure:</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="enable"></a>Enable Self-enrollment in your Non-credit or External course:</span></strong></p>
<p>1. Click on the <strong>Participants</strong> tab at the top of your course page, then on the 'Enrolled users' drop-down and choose <strong>Enrollment methods</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enroll_users.png" alt="" width="465" height="545" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>2. From the 'Add method' drop-down menu, select<strong> Self enrollment</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/self-enrollment-2.png" alt="" width="759" height="361" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="settings"></a>Settings:</strong></span></p>
<p>1. A settings page will open with various settings that allow you to customize the way self-enrollments are processed within your course:<br /><br /></p>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li><strong>Custom instance name: </strong>Optionally allows you to specify an alternative name for the self-enrollment instance. This name will appear only on the Enrollment methods screen.<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Allow existing enrollments:</strong> If disabled all existing self-enrollments are suspended and new users can not enroll. Disabling this setting effectively disables this self-enrollment method.<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Allow new enrollments: </strong>Ensure you leave this at the default "Yes"- this is what enables users to enroll themselves in a course without administrative intervention. Setting this to "No" will allow only users who enrolled previously to access the course.<br /><strong><br /></strong></li>
<li><strong>Enrollment key: </strong>An enrollment key is the password required for a user to enroll themselves in a course.  If an enrollment key is specified, any user attempting to enroll in the course will be required to supply the key (which you will need to provide ahead of time).  If the field is left blank, any user with access to the course URL may enroll in the course.<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Use group enrollment keys: </strong>Enabling a group enrollment key will allow users to enter an enrollment key that not only enrolls them into the course but also directly into a pre-existing group. Group enrollment keys are created when <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/14/setting-up-groups\#enrollmentkey" target="_blank_">Setting Up Groups</a>. Once set, a user will be required to enter a group enrollment key to enroll themselves in the course. A course enrollment key must be present to make use of group enrollment keys.<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Default assigned role: </strong>Allows you to specify what role users will be enrolling themselves as. Generally, this option will be set to "Student". If your course is a collaborative course for instructors, you would want to set that as the role.<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Enrollment duration: </strong>Allows you to specify how long users are enrolled in the course, starting the moment a user self-enrolls. If disabled, a user will be enrolled in the course indefinitely.<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Notify before enrollment expires:</strong> Determines whether enrollment expiry notification messages are sent.<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Notification threshold:</strong> Determines how long before enrollment expiry the users should be notified.<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Start date: </strong>Allows you to specify the start of the date and time during which users can self-enroll in the course.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li><strong>End date: </strong>Allows you to specify the end of the date and time during which users can self-enroll in the course.<br /><strong><br /></strong></li>
<li><strong>Unenroll inactive after: </strong>If a user has been inactive in the course (<em>i.e.</em>, has not accessed the course) for the specified amount of time, they will automatically be unenrolled from the course.<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Max enrolled users: </strong>Specifies the number of users that may self-enroll in the course. If this field is left blank, or if the value is "0", an unlimited number of users may self-enroll.<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Only cohort members:</strong> Determines whether self-enrollment is restricted to members of a specified cohort only. Note that changing this setting has no effect on existing enrollments.<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Send course welcome message:</strong> When a user self enrols in the course, they may be sent a welcome message email. If sent from the course contact (by default, the teacher), and more than one user has this role, the email is sent from the first user to be assigned the role.<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Custom welcome message: </strong>If enabled, you may send a welcome message to users when they self-enroll in the course. This message is sent to the user's email address (which is also their eClass External username if on that service).<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>2. When you have finished selecting your preferred settings, click the <strong>Add method</strong> button at the bottom of the page.</p>
<p></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="delete"></a>Delete self-enrolled users: </strong></span></p>
<p>Instructors can also delete self-enrolled participants in bulk:</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 11pt;">1. Go to your course's <strong>Participants</strong> list</span></p>
<p>2. Place checkmarks beside each user enrollment to be deleted.</p>
<p>3. Click the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list and choose 'Delete selected user enrollments'.</p>
<p><strong>Caution</strong>: Clicking the checkbox at the top of the column will select all users.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/self-enrollment-6.png" alt="" width="593" height="502" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="student"></a>Student self-enrollment procedure:</strong></span></p>
<p>After the enrollment method has been created in your course, users can self-enroll by accessing the course URL (e.g., https://eclass.srv.ualberta.ca/course/view.php?id=nnnnn).</p>
<p>As there is no course search function on eClass,</p>
<p>1. Provide the URL to the course to your users by entering the course yourself, then copying and pasting the URL into an email or other communication.</p>
<p>2. When your students click on the link, they will see the course page and a link to 'Enrol me in this course'. </p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: They will not be able to access any course activities or resources until they are enrolled in the next step.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/self-enrollment-5a.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>3. Students will be enrolled when they click the <strong>Enrol me</strong> button.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/self-enrollment-5.png" alt="" width="512" height="324" /></p>
<p>If you have specified an enrollment key, users will be prompted to enter this key before gaining access to the course (none is specified in the example above).</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Allowing Guests to Access Your Course]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/allowing-guests-to-access-your-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[c0c7c76d30bd3dcaefc96f40275bdc0a]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 09 Jul 2012 16:52:28 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;"><strong>Contents:</strong>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#intro">Introduction</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#cciduser">Allow any U of A CCID users to access your course as a guest</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#beyond">Allow guest users from outside the U of A community</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#external">Guest access to eClass External Courses</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;"></div>
<p></p>
<p><a id="intro" style="font-size: 11pt;"></a><span style="font-size: 11pt;">eClass allows two different levels of guest access to your Bear Tracks credit courses:</span></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Access for guests from within the U of A (who have CCIDs) including teaching colleagues, faculty administrators, interested students, etc; and 2)</span></li>
<li><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Access for guests from outside the U of A.</span></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-size: 11pt;">Both these types of access give guest users a limited set of privileges within your course that will not allow them to see any of the enrolled student names, nor any of the work submitted by students. The guests will not be able to participate in any activities you have created in your course including discussion forums, chat rooms, assignments, or quizzes.</p>
<p style="font-size: 11pt;">Note that allowing guests to access your course in either of the methods described below will only work<strong> if the course is already available to students</strong>. If the course is closed because the term has passed or it is a course in the future and has not yet opened, guests will not be able to access it.</p>
<p style="font-size: 11pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><a id="cciduser"></a>To allow any U of A CCID users to access your course as a guest:<br /></span></span></p>
<p>1. Click on the<span> </span><strong>Participants</strong><span> </span>tab at the top of your course page, then on the 'Enrolled users' drop-down and choose<span> </span><strong>Enrollment methods</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enrollment_method_1.png" alt="" width="465" height="545" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>2. If the 'Guest access' enrollment method does not appear in the list of available methods, you need to add it. From the 'Add Method' dropdown menu at the bottom of the list, select <span style="font-weight: bold;">Guest access</span>. Guest access should default to 'Yes' when added.</p>
<p>3. Set a password if you mean for your guests to enter a password to access your course.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/guestAccess1.png" alt="" width="361" height="445" /></p>
<p><br />4. Whether 'Guest access' is already in the list of enrollment methods, select the gear icon to check and edit its settings.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/guestAccess3.png" alt="" width="618" height="283" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>5. You may need to turn on the 'Guest access' method by ensuring that <strong>Allow guest access</strong> is set to <em>Yes</em>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/guestAccess2.png" alt="" width="674" height="228" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>6. If you want more control over the guests who access your course via the URL, you can also specify a password that users must enter when enrolling themselves in your course. This password should be emailed to guest users along with the course url. <strong>Note:</strong> the 'Guest access' settings will not appear in the Course Settings until the Guest access enrollment method has been added as in Step 2 above.<br /><br /></p>
<p>7. Once the 'Guest access' enrollment method has been enabled and turned on in your course, anyone at the U of A with a valid CCID can access it by going to the course url. You can copy this link and email it to your guest users (they will be redirected through the CCID login screen). <strong>Note: </strong>eClass does not have a visible course catalog so users will not be able to find the course by searching for it once they have logged in so you do need send them the URL to access your course.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/guest_email_link.png" alt="" width="641" height="113" /></p>
<p style="font-size: 11pt;"> </p>
<p style="font-size: 11pt;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><a id="beyond"></a>Allow guest users from outside the U of A community:</span></span></p>
<p style="font-size: 11pt;">Once you have enabled the guest enrollment method as described above, you have two options.</p>
<p style="font-size: 11pt;">The first is to direct people to the <a href="https://eclass.srv.ualberta.ca/portal" target="_blank" rel="noopener">eClass portal</a> and have them use the guest access link to enter the eClass site as in the image below. Once on eClass, they would need to enter the URL for the course (from the steps above) into their browser to access to the course.</p>
<p style="font-size: 11pt; padding-left: 40px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/eclass-portal-guest.png" alt="" width="735" height="513" /><br /><br /></p>
<p style="font-size: 11pt;">The second method provides a direct link to your course that can bypass the portal page. To do this, you must take note of the id number of your course in your browser's address bar:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/guest_email_link_id.png" alt="" width="641" height="82" style="font-size: 11pt;" /><br style="font-size: 11pt;" /><br style="font-size: 11pt;" /></p>
<p style="font-size: 11pt;"><strong>Access link for guests with no CCID for credit and non-credit internal courses:</strong></p>
<p style="font-size: 11pt;"><em>https://eclass.srv.ualberta.ca/local/eclass/landing/guestlink.php?cid=<strong>[insert-your-course-id]</strong></em></p>
<p style="font-size: 11pt;"></p>
<p><strong><a id="external"></a>Guest access to eClass External courses</strong>:<br /><em>https://eclass-cpd.srv.ualberta.ca/local/eclass/landing/guestlink.php?cid=<strong>[insert-your-course-id]</strong></em></p>
<p><br />In the example pictured above, the link to send would be <a href="https://eclass.srv.ualberta.ca/local/eclass/landing/guestlink.php?cid=2751" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://eclass.srv.ualberta.ca/local/eclass/landing/guestlink.php?cid=70570</a>. Note that you still have the option of setting and including a password in your email.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using Restriction Sets for Conditional Release]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-restriction-sets-for-conditional-release]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[19f3cd308f1455b3fa09a282e0d496f4]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 21 Jul 2015 08:41:58 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#conditional">Conditional release based on activity completion</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#restricting">Restricting access</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#sets">Restriction Sets</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"></div>
<h3><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="conditional"></a>Conditional release based on activity completion:</strong></span></h3>
<p>In order to conditionally release a resource or activity in your course based on the completion of another course item, you will need to make sure that Completion Tracking is enabled in your course. Please see our article on <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Completion Tracking</a>.</p>
<p>Once you have enabled completion tracking in your course, you can set up completion criteria within the activities or resources in your course. In essence, these settings allow you to specify how students can interact with any activity or resource in your course in order to mark it as ‘Complete’. You can allow students to simply read or access an item before it is considered complete, or to manually mark items as complete. In the case of activities, you can also specify that a certain number of posts be made to a forum or that a passing grade be achieved in a quiz before the activity can be marked complete.</p>
<p>After setting some completion criteria for an item in your course, you can then restrict access to other resources or activities based on that item within Restrict Access settings.</p>
<h3><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="restricting"></a>Restricting access:</strong></span></h3>
<p>Restrict Access settings are available within the 'Common module settings' area of all activities and resources in your course. Here, you can restrict student access to any item based on a number of different criteria:</p>
<ul>
<li>Activity Completion</li>
<li>Date</li>
<li>Grade</li>
<li>Group</li>
<li>User Profile</li>
</ul>
<p>The settings and selection mechanisms for these different criteria has not changed and is described here: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/0/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Restricting Access to An Activity or Resource</a>.</p>
<h3><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="sets"></a>Restriction Sets:</strong></span></h3>
<p>You can add multiple access restrictions in combinations. This is especially useful in cases where you require multiple conditions to be met, or when you would like to grant access to your item based on the completion of one of several possible conditions.</p>
<p>For example, let’s say that you have a discussion forum that you want to release to students, but only after a certain lecture has occurred on a specific date AND the student has achieved the requisite score on the previous topic’s practice quiz.</p>
<p>1. To do this, you would click the <strong>Restriction set</strong> option in your restrict access settings. This will create a nested area where you can create any combination of conditions.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>2. For this example, we would Click the <strong>Add restriction</strong> button in the nested restriction set.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-4.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. Choose the date restriction with the required information.</p>
<p>4. Then click the nested <strong>Add restriction</strong> button once again.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-5.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>5. Add the grade criterion (second criterion).</p>
<p>6. After both restrictions have been added, we can confirm at the top of the nested area that each student <strong>MUST</strong> match <strong>ALL</strong> of the nested criteria before they can access this forum.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-new-6.png" alt="" /><br /><br /></p>
<p> </p>
<p>7. Alternatively, you can also change the restriction set criteria to allow the students to have completed ANY of the listed criteria, or none of the listed criteria by selecting ‘MUST NOT’ in the available dropdowns.</p>
<p>8. For more complex restrictions, restriction sets can be nested inside of one another allowing for the usage of both <strong>AND</strong> and <strong>OR</strong> sets for a single activity or resource.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Setting up and Using the Group Peer Assessment Activity]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/setting-up-and-using-the-group-peer-assessment-activity]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3dd48ab31d016ffcbf3314df2b3cb9ce]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 18 Aug 2017 13:07:21 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>The <strong>Group Peer Assessment </strong>activity allows students to provide scores and ratings to the other members of their assigned groups in eClass. This tool can be used to monitor team progress, peer assess group work output, or deliver feedback on team project participation. Group members are able to score each other on a series of assessment items created by the instructor.</p>
<p>The <strong>Group Peer Assessment</strong> is not automatically graded, but you can generate a CSV file to help <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/31">import grades into your gradebook</a>.</p>
<p>In order to use the <strong>Group Peer Assessment</strong>, students must have already been added to <strong>Groups</strong>. See our article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/14/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Setting Up Groups</a>.</p>
<br />
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding">Adding a Peer Groups Assessment</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#general">General</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#items">Assessment items</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#additional">Additional options</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#completion">Activity completion</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#preview">Preview results</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#report">Instructor's report</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<br />
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding a Peer Groups Assessment:</strong></span></p>
<p>1. To add the <strong>Group Peer Assessment</strong> to your class, first activate<strong> Edit mode</strong> at the top right of your class page:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-peer-edit-mode.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>2. Locate the topic under which you want to place the activity and click on <strong>Add an activity or resource</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-peer-add-activity.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>3. Select the <strong>Group Peer Assessment </strong>activity from the 'Activity Chooser'.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-peer-ass-1.png" alt="" width="631" height="659" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="general"></a>General: </strong></span></p>
<p>1. A 'Group Peer Assessment name' is required. Make it meaningful to students.</p>
<p>2. The 'Description' should provide instructions they will need to complete their assessments.</p>
<p>3. The groups dropdown displays all of the groups available in your course. You can select as many groups as required using ctrl/cmd-click, but students will only ever be able to assess the other students <strong>within their own group</strong>.</p>
<p>4. You will see a warning if a student is included in multiple groups for the same peer assessment activity.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-peer-ass-2.png" alt="" width="939" height="496" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="items"></a>Assessment items:</strong></span></p>
<p>1. You are able to create up to 9 assessment items for your scoring rubric, and a text comments area is included at the bottom of the assessment items.</p>
<p>2. Students will see the title and description when they are assessing their peers.</p>
<p>3. The assessment type offers the choice of <strong>Likert</strong>: where the students can select from 'Strongly disagree', 'Disagree', 'Neutral', 'Agree', or 'Strongly agree'; and <strong>Numeric</strong> where the students enter a score from 1 to 5.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-peer-ass-3.png" alt="" width="939" height="500" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>4. Instructors can use the standard eClass text editor to create the descriptions for the assessment items where you can add rubrics for the student ratings:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/new-gpa-1.png" alt="" width="939" height="399" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="additional"></a>Additional options:</strong></span></p>
<p>Instructors can also choose from the following options:<br /><br /></p>
<ul>
<li>Display the peer assessment results to students, or keep them hidden and visible only to the instructors and TAs in the course. If visible to students, the reviews are nevertheles <strong>always anonymized.</strong></li>
<li>Allow students to rate themselves. If self-ratings and student-display are both selected, this shows as a comparison between self and peer ratings.</li>
<li>Self-ratings are always excluded from any calculated averages.</li>
<li>Allow students to opt out of questions. This will give them the option to select 'n/a' instead of a particular answer to an assessment item. If 'n/a' is selected, that question is excluded from any calculation of averages based on a student's ratings.</li>
<li>Set a date after which ratings are cut off and peer assessments can no longer be completed. If this last option is used in combination with 'Displaying score/feedback to students', the 'lock/release date' is also the date/time when students will see the reviews from their peers.</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-peer-ass-4.png" alt="" width="612" height="292" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="completion"></a>Activity completion:</strong></span></p>
<p>Please note that you will not see the activity completion options until activity completion is enabled for your course. The steps to enable activity completion tracking can be found in our article on <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking">Completion Tracking</a><em>.</em></p>
<p>Instructors can set automatic activity completion tracking on group peer assessment activities. Activities can be marked complete once a student has completed an assessment of all the peers in their group:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-peer-ass-completion.png" alt="" width="769" height="161" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="preview"></a>Preview results:</strong></span></p>
<p>Once the options are saved, instructors see a preview of what the assessment looks like to students (without any students to rate):</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-peer-ass-5.png" alt="" width="711" height="658" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="report"></a>Instructor's report:</span></strong></p>
<p>1. The instructor view also contains a link near the top right to <strong>View the Group Peer Assessment Report</strong>.</p>
<p>2. The report shows all the groups separately with each student's average over all the ratings they have received.</p>
<p>3. Average scores are calculated out of 5, excluding any items set to N/A.</p>
<ul>
<li>Likert ratings are converted to a numeric score with <strong>Strongly Disagree</strong> scoring 1, and <strong>Strongly Agree</strong> scoring 5.</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/new-gpa-2.png" alt="" width="724" height="447" /></p>
<p>4. Click the <strong>Expand</strong> arrow icon to the left of a student's name to show the specific assessment item ratings and comments provided by each group member. Instructors can click <strong>Expand all</strong> near the top right to overview all the detailed views at a glance.</p>
<p>5. The <strong>Group Peer Assessment Report</strong> can be exported to a CSV file to be used to import average scores into the eClass gradebook or to perform advanced calculations in Excel.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/new-gpa-3.png" alt="" width="619" height="410" /></p>
<p>6. Note that students see a slightly different view. For more details, see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/342/44/rating-other-students-using-the-group-peer-assessment-activity" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Rating Other Students Using the Group Peer Assessment Activity</a>.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Archiving Courses from Your Course List ]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/archiving-courses-from-your-course-list]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4734ba6f3de83d861c3176a6273cac6d]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 09 Jun 2016 16:28:06 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p></p>
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">If you have been teaching in eClass for a number of years or are an administrator involved in numerous courses per term, you may wish to remove courses from your Course Overview list. You can now accomplish this easily through the self-serve archiving process available in the Course Management block.</span></p>
</div>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Note:</strong> This process is only available to course instructors and administrators. Students and other users are restricted t</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">o <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/77/11/hiding-courses-from-your-eclass-course-overview-list" target="_blank" rel="noopener">hiding any unwanted courses</a>.<br /></span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As a best practice for the ongoing maintenance and health of eClass and to reduce the numbers of available courses in your class lists, we are encouraging instructors to archive any old courses that they no longer require access to<strong>.</strong></span></p>
<p><strong>Please be advised that if you use this process on a course, you will no longer be able to access the content from that course or be able to copy the content forward into new courses. This process affects all users in the course, so please ensure that you have informed and gathered consensus from all other course instructors before submitting a course for archiving.</strong></p>
<p><strong>If you need to restore a course that has been archived, please contact IST eClass Support at <a href="mailto:eclass@ualberta.ca">eclass@ualberta.ca</a> to initiate the manual restore process.</strong><br /><br /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To use the course archiving feature:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the course you wish to archive and locate the block titled <strong>Course Management </strong>on the right hand side colum. (If you do not see the block, follow the steps in <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/248/0/switching-your-course-start-and-end-dates" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a> to add the block.)<br /><br /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Archive this course</strong> in the block.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/archivingButton.png" alt="Click Archive this course" width="350" height="280" /><br /><br /><strong>Note:</strong> If your course is from a past semester, you can click on <strong>Archive this course</strong> near the bottom center. Current and upcoming courses cannot be archived. To delete any current or upcoming courses, please contact IST eClass Support at <a href="mailto:eclass@ualberta.ca" target="_blank" rel="noopener">eclass@ualberta.ca</a>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>If you are co-instructing your course, please note that it is your responsibility to inform all other course instructors that they will also be losing access to the course materials and that they will be unable to copy content from this course into new courses.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/archivingConfirm.png" alt="Confirm" width="500" height="406" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once you queue your course for archiving, it will be archived within 24 hours (the process runs over night). If you change your mind about archiving before the process runs, you can undo the removal by returning to the block and clicking <strong>Do not archive!</strong>.<strong><br /></strong><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/archivingCancel.png" alt="Do Not Archive" width="350" height="481" /></li>
</ol>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Viewing Course Participants]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/viewing-course-participants]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[28f0b864598a1291557bed248a998d4e]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 13 Feb 2020 08:59:16 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><strong><span><em><span style="color: #ff0000;"> </span></em></span></strong></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#list"> Accessing the Participants List </a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#student-view"> Student-view of the Participants List</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#filtering"> Filtering the Participants List</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#display"> Showing All Participants </a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#selecting"> Selecting Participants </a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#data"> Downloading Data </a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#adding"> Adding Additional Participants </a></li>
<li>8 <a href="#messaging"> Messaging Participants </a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><br />The course <strong>Participants</strong> list allows users to see all of the users enrolled in a class. The participants can be filtered by role, group, enrollment, and level of inactivity. Different roles on eClass have different options on the page with students often only able to see the members of the groups they are part of; Instructors having options to enroll additional users, download a list of students, as well as send participants a message.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="list"></a>Accessing the Participants List:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Log onto eClass and go to your course page.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Click the <strong>Participants</strong> link at the top of your course page:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/ViewingCourseParticipants_1.png" alt="The navigation menu toggle at the top-left of eClass and a pointer to the Participants list of the course" width="400" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>You will then be taken to a page containing the list of participants, which lists all participants, including all students, instructors, TAs, designers, etc. in a course.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/ViewingCourseParticipants2.png" alt="The participants list of an eClass course." width="1342" height="808" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="student-view"></a><strong>Student-view of the Participants List</strong></span></p>
<p>Students by default can see all the names of all the other students in their course. In courses where group modes have been set, the list will be pre-filtered to show the name of any assigned groups and only the students in groups that the student is a part of. The page may be configured to allow visibility of ONLY the students within a student's assigned groups:</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/participants-student-view.png" alt="" width="750" height="579" /></p>
<p>Instructors who do not want students to see each other's names in their course can <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/227/30/blocking-students-from-seeing-the-course-participant-list" target="_blank" rel="noopener">follow these instructions</a>.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="filtering"></a>Filtering the Participants List:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>You can filter the <strong>Participants</strong> list in several ways, including by role, group, enrollment method, and time of inactivity. Filter controls are found directly above the participants list. After selecting a filter type, a dropdown appears to select specific criteria. You can specify one or more criteria, the example below would return a list of participants enrolled as either Student or Auditor. You can reset a filter by clicking the 'x' on the right, or clear all of your filters using the 'Clear filters' button.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/participfilter0621.png" alt="participants filter" width="1000" height="368" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>You can also filter the list of participants by the initials of the participants' first names and/or last names, using the alphabet lists for first names and last names right above the list of participants. For example, if 'First name' is set to <strong>All</strong> and 'Surname' is set to <strong>S</strong>, then it will search for participants that have a surname that starts with the letter S. Setting both to <strong>All</strong> resets it. This can be used in conjunction with the other filters. <br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/participfilterB0621" alt="name filter" width="929" height="586" /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="display"></a>Showing All Participants:</span></strong></p>
<p>If you have more than twenty participants in a class, then, by default, the Participants list will be separated into pages, with twenty participants maximum per page.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/ViewingCourseParticipants_5.png" alt="A class with 156 participants, separated into eight pages." width="1344" height="312" /></p>
<p>If you want to show all of the participants in your course on one page, go to the bottom of the Participants list and click on <strong>Show all users</strong> (with "users" replaced with the number of participants in your class).</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/ViewingCourseParticipants_6.png" alt="Showing where to click Show all 156 at the bottom of the participants list." width="1335" height="215" /></p>
<p>If you want to go back to showing 20 per page, click on <strong>Show 20 per page</strong> at the bottom of the Participants list.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/ViewingCourseParticipants_8.png" alt="Showing where to click Show 20 per page at the bottom of the participants list if you are viewing all participants." width="1335" height="159" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="selecting"></a>Selecting Participants:</strong></span></p>
<p>To perform some tasks, such as downloading a list of your participants, or sending a message to some of the participants in your class, you will first have to select participants.</p>
<p>To select all of your participants, check to see if your Participants list is one page, either through having twenty or fewer Participants, or through clicking on <strong>Show all users</strong>, as shown in the previous section. If it is only one page, the easiest way of selecting all of the participants in your course is to click on the checkbox just above the list, left of "First name / Last name". Checking this checkbox will select all of your students.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/ViewingCourseParticipants9.png" alt="Selecting all participants if all participants are on one page by checking the top-left checkbox." width="1335" height="546" /></p>
<p>If your course has more than twenty participants and is separated into pages, the best way to select all of the participants in your class is to go to the bottom of the Participants list and, at the bottom-left of the page, click on the <strong>Select all [number of] users</strong> button, and that will select every user in your course.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/ViewingCourseParticipants10.png" alt="The &quot;Select all number of users&quot; button." width="1335" height="213" /></p>
<p>You can also select only certain participants by clicking on the checkbox to the left of a participant's name.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/ViewingCourseParticipants11.png" alt="Showing only three students selected." width="1335" height="796" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Note:</span> If you select multiple participants on one page and then go to another page of participants, the participants that you selected on the previous page will NOT remain selected when you go to the new page. Make sure that you are showing all of the participants on one page, as detailed in the "Showing all participants" section of this article if you want to select individual participants that would otherwise be on different pages if they were separated by a maximum of twenty participants per page.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="data"></a>Downloading Data:</strong></span></p>
<p>Instructors can download a table of information about the participants of your course, which includes their first name, last name, CCID, and email addresses.</p>
<p>To download participants' data, select the users that you want to export, as detailed in the previous section, and then in the "With selected users..." dropdown, choose a file type option for downloading the table data under "Download table data as", and it will download to your computer.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/ViewingCourseParticipants12.png" alt="Options for downloading the table data of participants in a course." width="1338" height="783" /></p>
<p>The download options include:</p>
<ul>
<li>Comma-separated values (.csv): a text file that separates values using commas. The first line contains all of the column headers (first name, surname, email address, CCID) and all subsequent lines are the data of participants, in the order of the first line. Can also be used in spreadsheet programs such as Excel.</li>
<li>Microsoft Excel (.xlsx): an Excel spreadsheet file that can be opened by Excel or programs that can open Excel spreadsheets.</li>
<li>HTML table: An HTML file that contains a table with all of the participants' data in it. Can be opened in a browser, or the table can be used in other HTML files, such as webpages.</li>
<li>Javascript Object Notation (.json): a data interchange format that uses human-readable text to transmit data objects consisting of a list of key-value pairs (such as {"First name": Tara, "Surname": Bell}). This is mostly of use to computer programmers, who often use JSON to represent and use data in their code.</li>
<li>OpenDocument (.ods): a spreadsheet file format used in programs such as OpenOffice and LibreOffice, among others.</li>
<li>Portable Document Format (.pdf): A file format for documents made out of text, graphics, and other elements.</li>
</ul>
<p>For example, if you choose PDF, you get a .pdf file containing a table of data for the students you selected.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/ViewingCourseParticipants13.png" alt="A PDF file containing a table with data about the participants of the course." width="1672" height="564" /></p>
<p>While choosing a comma-separated values file will create a .csv file that can be viewed as text or in a spreadsheet.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/ViewingCourseParticipants14.png" alt="A comma separated values file represented as both text and in an Excel spreadsheet." width="1457" height="543" /></p>
<p> </p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="adding"></a>Adding Additional Participants:</span></strong></p>
<p>The process of adding additional participants, such as TAs, designers, and additional instructors, to a course is detailed in the articles <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/23/30/adding-additional-users-to-my-eclass-course"><span class="kbtitlemain">Adding Additional Users to my eClass Course</span></a> and <span class="kbtitlemain"><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/29/30/enrolling-students-in-eclass-courses" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Enrolling Students in eClass Courses</a>. </span></p>
<p><span class="kbtitlemain"><strong>Note: </strong>If the eClass course is a Bear Tracks credit course, you should <strong>NOT </strong>try to manually enroll students into your eClass course. In all regular Bear Tracks sections on eClass, students are automatically enrolled by the IST eClass Support team as a part of the automated course creation system. <strong>As an instructor, you will never need to enroll regular credit students manually in your course.<br /></strong></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><span class="kbtitlemain"><a id="messaging"></a>Messaging Participants:</span></span></strong></p>
<p><span class="kbtitlemain">If you wish to message some of your course participants, refer to the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/17/14/sending-messages-to-students" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Sending Messages to Students</a> for more information.<br /></span></p>
<p><strong><span class="kbtitlemain">Note:</span></strong><span class="kbtitlemain"> If you wish to send a message to all of the participants in your course, we recommend that you use the Announcements forum, which, by default, is present at the top of every course. Course participants are automatically subscribed, and they will have the messages posted there forwarded to their email accounts. For more information on using the Announcements forum, please see the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/41/14/posting-course-announcements" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Posting Course Announcements</a>.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Filtering Your Gradebook by Groups]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/filtering-your-gradebook-by-groups]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[03c6b06952c750899bb03d998e631860]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 11 Sep 2015 11:54:26 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><br />If you have set up groups in your course, you might want to enable the option to filter different course administration pages by those groups. The most common use case for doing this is in the gradebook but this also works for the participants page, list of enrolled users, course reports, etc. If you have specified a group distribution on a particular activity, eg. forum, assignment, etc. in your course, the option to filter that particular activity already exists.</span></p>
</div>
<p>This filtering can be especially useful in the gradebooks of large courses that contain multiple sub-sections (where groups are automatically created and updated based on all the sub-sections). This allows different instructors or TAs to sort the gradebook depending on the sub-sections they are responsible for grading.</p>
<p>To enable this filter:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <strong>Settings</strong> tab on top your course main page. Expand the <strong>Groups</strong> section then from the <strong>Group mode</strong> dropdown box, select <strong>Visible groups</strong> (leaving the other settings unchanged).<br />Click on <strong>Save and display</strong><br /><br /><strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-filter-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="419" /></strong><br /><br /></li>
<li>In your gradebook, you will now see a dropdown box allowing you to sort by groups.<br /><br /><strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-filter-2.png" alt="" width="400" /></strong></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Example for Use:</strong></span></p>
<p>A scenario where this could be very useful in large multi-section courses is to automatically sort the optically scored exams into sub-sections for review or offline grading.</p>
<ol>
<li>First upload the spreadsheet provided by TSQS into your combined eClass course following these instructions: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/31/0/importing-grades-into-the-grader-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Importing Grades</a>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Once uploaded, you can view specific sections of grades by filtering the gradebook to a single one of the course sub-sections.<br /><br /></li>
<li>If you want to turn around and export just a subset of the gradebook to work offline, you can similarly filter the export page to include only a single sub-section.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group-filter-3.png" alt="" width="500" height="362" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>This method could be used to divide a large TSQS spreadsheet into several smaller ones each representing a single sub-section.</li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Notes:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Whichever option you choose for <strong>Group mode</strong> will <strong>automatically be selected</strong> for any new activities you add for the course so you may want to consider turning on groups at the course level <strong>AFTER</strong> you have completed course construction if the bulk of your activities or resources do not need to be split into groups. This is also the reason we recommend <strong>Visible groups</strong> as this has slightly less effect in case you create a new activity and forget to adjust the group settings for it specifically.</li>
<li>Either <strong>Separate groups</strong> or <strong>Visible groups</strong> will add the filter option to your student lists. </li>
<li>The option to <strong>Force group mode</strong> should be set to <strong>No</strong> unless you are still constructing the course and know that you want activities to be split up into groups.</li>
<li>By default, the filter dropdowns will contain <strong>ALL</strong> the groups in your course - if you have a number of groups that you want to strip out of the gradebook filter, you can create a grouping of those required and specifying it in the <strong>Default grouping</strong> dropdown. This would also be the required process to display only the groups in a specific grouping on the course participants page, for example to only display the 'public' groups in a course. For more information, see the article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/148/0/setting-up-groupings" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Setting Up Groupings</a>.</li>
<li><strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">Important note: </span></strong><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="color: #000000;">both group mode options will allow students to see a filtered list of the groups in the course (all groups if the setting is Visible groups; only the groups they are enrolled in if Separate groups.)</span> <strong>This means that if instructors are also using a group to apply overrides for accommodations since the users could see other student's private information. </strong><span style="color: #000000;">Instructors should can prevent students from viewing the participants page if they need to BOTH filter their gradebook by groups AND are using a accommodations group for overrides.</span></span></li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Rating Forum Posts]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/rating-forum-posts]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[7e7757b1e12abcb736ab9a754ffb617a]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 26 Jun 2014 11:20:05 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">There are multiple methods that allow an instructor to grade forum posts. <br />One option is whole forum grading, where instructors can see all of their course participant's posts within a forum and give it a grade that is reflected in the gradebook, be it based on a direct mark or scale, or using a rubric or marking guide (see this article for instructions - </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/393/15/whole-forum-grading" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Whole Forum Grading</a><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">). <br />Another option for grading forums is by using forum ratings, which allow instructors to rate (grade) forum posts as a tool for assessment which will be reflected in the gradebook.</span></p>
</div>
<p>Forum ratings can be customized with a specific aggregation method and custom scale (see this article for instructions - <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/165/13/setting-up-forum-ratings-grading-forums" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Grading Forums, Glossaries and Databases Using Ratings</a>). <br />By default, instructors and TAs with gradebook privileges will be able to rate, edit, and view the aggregated forum totals for each post.</p>
<p>It is possible to give students additional privileges to rate forum posts as a collaborative activity with control over whether or not they can see each posts total aggregated score and/or who has provided what ratings - <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/176/13/allowing-students-to-rate-forum-posts-peer-review" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Allowing Students to Rate Forum Posts (Peer review)</a>. <br />So while whole forum grading is best for instructors who want to look at a course participant's posts and give it a direct grade, or to mark using grading methods like marking guides or rubrics, forum ratings are best for if you want to mark it based on a certain aggregation method, such as the average of all ratings of a student's posts in a forum over the course duration, or if you want to students to rate each other's posts. <br /><!--This requires additional setup, provided in the following article: .--></p>
<h4><strong>Rating Forum Posts</strong></h4>
<ol style="padding-left: 30px;">
<li>After setting up the Forum Ratings, at the bottom of each post (and reply) in a forum, instructors and TAs will see a <em>Rate</em> dropdown menu with their chosen aggregation method and scale. Select the desired value from the dropdown to rate the forum post. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-rate-1.png" alt="" width="657" height="359" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once you specify a rating, the page should refresh to reflect the addition of your rating to the aggregation. This will be visible immediately to the left of the rating dropdown in the form of 2 numbers: the first number displays the aggregated rating and the second number enclosed in the brackets indicates how many people have rated the post (ie. the number of ratings used in the aggregation). For example, 3(1) means that the forum post scored a 3 based on one rating. Note that students do not see the aggregated score or count for ratings. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-rate-2.png" alt="" width="600" height="267" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once a forum has been rated, clicking the two numbers will show the instructor a summary of which other instructors or TAs have provided ratings and their score. This summary view can be useful in collaborative situations when students have been given rating capabilities.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-rate-3.png" alt="" width="600" height="188" /></li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Navigating within forums to facilitate grading in forums:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If you ever need to return quickly to the main forum page listing all topics, click <strong>Forum</strong>.</li>
<li>You can navigate to the previous or next post in a forum by clicking the topic title and arrows at the top and bottom of the current post and replies.</li>
</ol>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-navigation-1.png" alt="" width="992" height="523" /></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[How to Lock Forum Topics]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/how-to-lock-forum-topics]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[045117b0e0a11a242b9765e79cbf113f]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 15 Aug 2014 15:04:19 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<p>When the lifecycle of a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/146/13/adding-forums" target="_blank" rel="noopener">forum</a> topic has reached its natural conclusion or if instructors wish to prevent students from making any more posts in it, forum topics may be locked. This can be triggered manually on specific topics or set to occur after a certain period of inactivity. Note that it is also possible to set a cut-off date for forum posts at the <strong>whole forum</strong> level (which would be common when a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/393/15/whole-forum-grading" target="_blank" rel="noopener">forum was being used as an assessment</a>.) </p>
<p>To manually lock a specific discussion topic in a forum:</p>
<ul>
<li>Select <strong>Lock this discussion </strong>from the 3 dots icon at the far right of the row for the topic on the forum list view:<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-lock-1.png" alt="" width="1109" height="272" /></li>
<li>Select <strong>Lock this discussion </strong>from the 'Settings' link at the top right within the topic itself:<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-lock-2.png" alt="" width="1114" height="289" /></li>
</ul>
<p>To set forum discussion topics to automatically close after a certain period of inactivity, access 'Discussion locking' in the forum settings and specify an inactivity duration:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-lock-3.png" alt="" width="578" height="601" /></p>
<p><strong>Please note that</strong>: Forums that are locked manually using the first two methods above; can be unlocked. However, Forums locked due to inactivity cannot be re-opened.</p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Running Reports ]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/running-reports]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[0a09c8844ba8f0936c20bd791130d6b6]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 29 Apr 2014 18:21:02 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#started">Getting started</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#types">Types of Reports:</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#basiclog">Running a basic Log Report</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#statistics">Running a Statistics Report</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#activity">Running an Activity completion Report</a></li>
<li>6 <a href="#coursecompletion">Running a Course completion Report:</a></li>
<li>7 <a href="#learning">Running a Learning Analytics Report</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><strong style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 11pt;"><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><a id="started"></a></span></strong></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Getting started:</span></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">In any eClass course, instructors can run reports that provide a complete record of user activity within that course. These reports are often used for course evaluation purposes or to track participants' course activities and access. There are a number of different reports available on eClass:</span></p>
</div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/running-reports-a.png" alt="" width="658" height="402" /></span></p>
<h4><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="types"></a>Types of Reports:</strong></span></h4>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><em>Adavanced usage:</em> </strong>A custom report type developed at the U of A that allows instructors to visually inspect and measure course and student activity.</li>
<li><strong><em>Course completion:</em></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Allows participants to self-report previously completed courses (e.g. prerequisites) AND can be used in conjunction with </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Activity completion</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> so participants can view all completed activities based on self-reported checkmarks. <strong>Note that this report will only appear in the 'Reports' section if it has been enabled in the 'Course completion' section in the 'More' section at the top menu bar</strong></span><strong>.</strong></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><em>Logs:</em></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Shows filtered details based on an activity, participant, date or action and are among the most used for basic checks on course activity.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><em>Live logs:</em></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Shows pop-up window of all course activities within the past hour (automatically updated every minute).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><em>Activity report:</em></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Shows the number of views and related blog entries for each activity or resource.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><em>Activity completion:</em></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Shows detailed list of participants' completed and unfinished activities.</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Note that this report will only appear in the 'Reports' section if it has been enabled in the 'Settings' section at the top menu bar</strong></span><strong>.</strong></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><em>Statistics:</em></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Generates a graph and table of the course logs /user activity.</span></li>
</ul>
<strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="basiclog"></a>Running a basic Log Report:</span></strong>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on </span><strong>Reports</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> located at the top menu bar</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Logs_1.png" alt="" width="784" height="670" /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on </span><strong>Logs</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Logs_2.png" alt="" width="716" height="637" /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the dropdown menus to add as many search filters as you'd like (ie. search for logs based on courses, groups, participants, date, activities, actions, sources, events, and types of logs [standard or legacy]). You may leave some filters blank if you do not want to limit your Report results.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Logs_3.png" alt="" width="1414" height="714" /></span><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span><span style="font-weight: 400;"></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click the </span><strong>Get these logs</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button to generate the report.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Logs_4.png" alt="" width="1566" height="277" /><br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the event name to view the log. A new window will appear. The new window shows what page the student was on at that particular time.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Logs_5.png" alt="" width="1029" height="605" /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Logs_6.png" alt="" width="1041" height="600" /><br /><br /></span></li>
<li>For more details on this process, <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/367/14/using-logs" target="_blank" rel="noopener">please see here</a>.</li>
</ol>
<strong><strong><br /></strong></strong>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="statistics"></a>Running a Statistics Report:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the </span><strong>gear</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> icon near the top right of your course main page, then on </span><strong>More</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on </span><strong>Statistics</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the dropdown menus to add as many search filters as you'd like (ie. generate a report based on courses, report types, time period).  You may leave some filters blank if you do not want to limit your report results.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click the </span><strong>View</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button to generate the report.</span></li>
</ol>
<strong><strong><br /></strong></strong>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="activity"></a>Running an Activity completion Report:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking#activity-completion-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a>.</span><br /><br /></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="coursecompletion"></a>Running a Course completion Report:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking#course-completion" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a>.</span><br /><br /></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="learning"></a>Running a Learning Analytics Report:</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li>See <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/305/14/viewing-learning-analytics-for-eclass-courses" target="_blank" rel="noopener">this article</a>.</li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Enabling the Manual Enrollment Method]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/enabling-the-manual-enrollment-method]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[4e732ced3463d06de0ca9a15b6153677]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 25 Nov 2011 20:57:10 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">By default, eClass is configured to allow instructors of credit sections to enroll TAs or additional instructors in their courses. To add users, follow the instructions in the article </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/23/0/adding-additional-users-to-my-moodle-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">Adding additional users to my eClass course</a><span style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">.</span></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana, arial, helvetica, sans-serif;">
<p>If you are missing the <strong>Enroll users</strong> button, you may need to re-enable Manual enrollments in your eClass course. This should generally not be required as the method should be enabled by default in all courses. You should only need to do this if your manual method has been inadvertently deleted.</p>
<p>To re-enable<strong> Manual enrollments</strong>:</p>
<p>1. Click on the<span> </span><strong>Participants</strong><span> </span>tab at the top of your course page, then on the 'Enrolled users' drop-down, and choose<span> </span><strong>Enrollment methods</strong>:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enrollment_method_1.png" alt="" width="465" height="545" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>2. From the 'Add Method' dropdown menu at the bottom of the list, select <span style="font-weight: bold;">Manual Enrollments.</span></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enrollment_method2.png" alt="" width="422" height="&quot;380" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>3. In the Manual enrollments screen, leave all the options as they are, and click <span style="font-weight: bold;">Add Method.</span></p>
<p>4. Now you are able to manually add participants to your course in the <strong>Enrolled Users</strong> Setting.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Problems Finding Users to Enroll in Your Course]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/problems-finding-users-to-enroll-in-your-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9a1158154dfa42caddbd0694a4e9bdc8]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 15 Aug 2012 21:53:11 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator><![CDATA[Dave Laurie]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>The user enroll search feature is kind of quirky in eClass Moodle; Therefore, the surest way to <em><strong>confirm that a user is the correct person you are trying to enroll is by knowing their CCID.</strong></em>  The searches return on either the full name, CCID, or email address. Note that email addresses associated with eClass accounts are of the form ccid@ualberta.ca. Searching for an email address alias formatted as firstname.lastname@ualberta.ca will not return the user your are searching for. This is different from BB Vista. <em><strong><em><br /></em></strong></em></p>
<p>This is further complicated by the search strictness and the addition of preferred names to moodle. For example, if a user has specified a preferred name, the moodle full name would display as PreferredName (Legal FirstName) Last Name. Eg. User with legal name David Laurie goes by Dave so he enters his preferred name in Beartracks as Dave. Moodle then pulls this out and displays the user full name as 'Dave (David) Laurie'. Now searching for Dave Laurie or David Laurie will not return the user as the string is broken up by the legal name and brackets ie.'(David)'. So in some cases, you need to shorten your search to only a first or last name and pick the correct one from all the returned users.  </p>
<p>Searching like this sometimes requires verification to confirm that a CCID or email address belong to the person you are trying to enroll. You can use U of A's 'Find a person' from the top of the U of A home page for this. When you search for people on that service, clicking on a particular user will show their preferred email address in the main panel, often the firstname.lastname@ualberta.ca alias. The user view will also show the user's CCID in the string of the address bar. So if you searched for Dave Laurie, the end of the url in the address bar is '?type=simple&amp;uid=true&amp;c=dlaurie' so you could verify that the CCID dlaurie goes with the email alias dave.laurie @ualberta.ca which appears in the main panel.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using logs]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-logs]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[05049e90fa4f5039a8cadc6acbb4b2cc]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 09 Nov 2018 12:21:46 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>eClass keeps logs of activity by every user at a variety of contexts, and these logs are available to Instructors, TAs, and Category Administrators at any point to gain insight into activities inside of a course. The following steps will walk you through running a log report in your course:</p>
<p><strong>Generating a course log report</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Reports </strong>from the top menu bar:<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using_logs_0.png" alt="" width="1494" height="705" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Select <strong>Logs</strong>:<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using_logs_1.png" alt="" width="607" height="474" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>A report of all events ever logged in your course can be obtained by clicking on <strong>Get these logs</strong>. This report can get extremely large and difficult to interpret so there are a number of filters that can be used to generate a targeted report:<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using_logs_2.png" alt="" width="992" height="775" /><br /><br />
<ul style="list-style-type: disc;">
<li>"All groups": Filter log entries to those generated from members of the selected group.</li>
<li>"All participants": Filtering down to events generated by a particular participant in the course.</li>
<li>"All days": Filtering down to events on a specific day.</li>
<li>"All activities": Filtering by the activity (e.g., a particular quiz, assignment, or forum).</li>
<li>"All actions": Filtering by the type of event (e.g., View, Update, Create, Delete).</li>
<li>"All sources": Filtering by the source of the event. This is not typically useful in filtering results.</li>
<li>"All Events" : Filtering by teacher actions, student actions, or all other actions.<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>In this example, logs are being generated for a specific user on a specific quiz. This can be useful if you need to track or diagnose issues students may have encountered while writing quizzes or exams in eClass:<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using_logs_3.png" alt="" width="1537" height="353" /><br /><br />
<ul style="list-style-type: disc;">
<li>"Time": The time at which the event was logged.</li>
<li>"User full name": The full name of the user that triggered the event.</li>
<li>"Affected user": The full name of the user that is affected by the event.</li>
<li>"Event context": The activity or context within the course that the event took place in.</li>
<li>"Component"  The type of activity or resource. If the action is not related to an activity or resource, it is recorded as <em>System</em>.</li>
<li>"Event name": The name of the event based on the action taken and the context it was taken in.</li>
<li>"Description": The detailed description of what occurred in the event.</li>
<li>"Origin": The source of the event. If eClass is accessed through a web browser, it will be logged as web.</li>
<li>"IP address": The IP address from which the event was triggered.<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>You also can export the log report to a number of formats including CSV and XLSX for analysis in applications such as Microsoft Excel:<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/using_logs_4.png" alt="" width="1656" height="529" /></li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
</div>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[How to print quizzes]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/how-to-print-quizzes]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[cf004fdc76fa1a4f25f62e0eb5261ca3]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 14 Nov 2018 14:50:45 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p>While eClass quizzes are usually designed to be delivered online, it may be useful to print out paper copies in some scenarios.</p>
<p><strong>New in June 2023</strong>, eClass now has functionality to <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/514/13/exporting-quiz-attempts-for-individual-students" target="_blank" rel="noopener">create quiz attempts for specific students</a> and easily print them.</strong></p>
<p>This new workflow (linked above) is the recommended process as it allows random order and shuffled answer quizzes to be created for each student.<span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong> This new process should be used to deliver on paper exams or to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/465/1/creating-custom-versions-of-exams-for-audio-accommodations" target="_blank" rel="noopener">create audio versions of exams for accommodations</a>.</strong></span></p>
<p>If an instructor needs a generic version of a non-randomized quiz, q<span style="font-size: 11pt;">uizzes can still be printed using the the following steps:</span></p>
<ol>
<li>From the quiz, click on the <b>Settings </b>link in the header to enter the quiz settings:<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/accessquizsettings.png" alt="navigating to quiz settings" width="723" height="169" title="navigating to quiz settings" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Navigate to the <strong>Layout</strong> category and ensure that <strong>New page</strong> is set to <strong>Never, all questions on one page</strong>: <br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/quizsettinglayout.png" alt="navigate to the layout section" width="834" height="717" /><br />Check <strong>R</strong><strong>epaginate now, </strong>then <strong>save and display </strong>to save changes. (Be sure to return to these settings and repaginate back to 1 question per page when finished, if this quiz is still to be used online)<br /><br /></li>
<li>From here, click on the <strong>Preview quiz </strong>button:<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/previewquiz.png" alt="Click the preview button on the quiz landing page" width="787" height="363" /></li>
<li>When on the preview page, press down <strong>CTRL+P</strong> (or Command+P on a Mac) to bring up the print menu:<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/print_quiz_3.png" alt="" width="1050" /></li>
<li>Alternatively, most web browsers will allow you to select <strong>Print</strong> from a menu by right-clicking:<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/print_quiz_4.png" alt="" width="505" height="564" /></li>
</ol>
<p>Please note that the screenshots above were taken using Google Chrome on Windows so steps 4 and 5 will differ depending on a user's operating system and web browser.</p>
</div>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Viewing a Report of Forum Posts by User]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/viewing-a-report-of-forum-posts-by-user]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[caf1a3dfb505ffed0d024130f58c5cfa]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 12 May 2017 09:52:14 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"><br />
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">The Forum Posts by User advanced usage report produces a detailed view of student participation in forums in your course. The report can be configured to include any number of students in your course and can be filtered to only show specific forums (for more information on basic filtering see </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/311/14/common-features-in-learning-analytics-reports" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Common Features of Advanced Usage Reports</a><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">).<br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">To access <strong>Reports</strong>, click on the 'Reports' tab at the top of your course page  and select 'Advanced usage':</span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/running-forum-reports-a.png" width="672" height="318" alt="" /><br />Click the <strong>Add a report</strong> button, and choose the type of advanced usage report to add:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Forum-post-by-user-report.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Then select the Filter by <strong>Students</strong> tab, select the students' names to filter by and click <strong>Apply Filter</strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Forum-post-by-user-report 1.png" alt="" width="656" height="572" /></span></p>
</div>
<p>The figure below shows a sample report, including the advanced filters and a set of demo posts.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-forum-posts-by-user-1.png" alt="" width="700" height="531" /><br /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Advanced Filtering Options:</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on <strong>Show Advanced</strong></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The user may select a minimum and a maximum number of words that posts must meet prior to being displayed. Posts must be greater than the minimum (default: 0) and less than the maximum (default: 9999) in order to be displayed. No limits exist on how high or low these values can be set.</span> <br /><br />
<p style="margin-left: -35px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Additional Information:</strong></span></p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">If multiple students are selected, students are displayed one by one underneath the header for their names.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">For each student, under their name, forums selected in the filter are listed one by one. Beside each forum name (on the right), the total number of posts by the student in that forum is indicated. If no forums are selected on the activity filter, then all forums in the course are returned.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Posts are displayed under the forum header and links are shown based on the context of the user. Instructors can perform advanced operations such as editing or deleting the post. All users may view the parent post or reply.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Clicking this button will display a word cloud based on the words across all the displayed posts. This word cloud can be saved in a PNG image file).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Clicking this button will export all of the posts to an Excel document. The exported file can be used to perform additional analysis on the content of the posts.</span></li>
</ol>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using the Feedback Activity]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-the-feedback-activity]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[66368270ffd51418ec58bd793f2d9b1b]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 27 May 2020 15:19:29 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>This article describes how instructors can use the Feedback activity to deliver questions to students. Please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/147/42/adding-feedback-activities" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Feedback activities</a> to complete the initial setup.</p>
<h4><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Managing Feedback Activities</strong></span></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Inside of the Feedback activity, there are several tabs used for setting up and managing your activity:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Overview: Displays the number of questions and submissions in addition to a link to complete/test the feedback activity.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Edit questions: Add, modify, reorder, or remove questions.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Templates: Tools for using or creating a template.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Analysis: Overview of submitted responses and corresponding statistics.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Show responses: Displays individual responses. Also allows for the deletion of responses which can be helpful when testing.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Adding Questions</strong></span></p>
<p>The first tab is the <strong>Edit questions</strong> which allows you to build your feedback survey.</p>
<ol>
<li>First, from within the feedback activity, click on the <strong>Edit questions</strong> tab:<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add_feedback_questions_0.png" alt="" width="639" height="234" /></li>
<li>Next, click on <strong>Choose...</strong> and select the question type you would like to add. In this example, Multiple choice will be used:<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add_feedback_questions_1.png" alt="" width="633" height="461" /></li>
<li>Add the name, fill out the required information for the selected question type, and click on <strong>Save question</strong>:<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add_feedback_questions_2.png" alt="" width="802" height="625" /></li>
<li>The question question should appear at the bottom of the list by default. From here the question can be modified and additional questions can be created:<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/add_feedback_questions_3.png" alt="" width="650" height="448" /></li>
</ol>
<h4><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Notes</strong></span></h4>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The feedback tool allows students to respond to questions anonymously.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Once feedback has been submitted by a student, it is no longer possible to edit the setting 'Allow multiple submissions'.</span></li>
</ul>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Using the 'Student List by Criteria' Learning Analytics Report]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/using-the-student-list-by-criteria-learning-analytics-report]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8d3bba7425e7c98c50f52ca1b52d3735]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 09 May 2017 15:48:07 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><em><b><span style="color: red;"> </span></b></em></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#criteria"> Student List by Criteria Report</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#adding"> Adding Conditions</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#results"> Results Table </a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">This article features advanced features to filter students by criteria when using the Advanced Usage reports in eClass. For basic information on the use of Advanced Usage reports, please see </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/311/14/common-features-in-learning-analytics-reports" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Common Features of Advanced Usage Reports</a><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">.<br /><br />For more information, see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/305/14/viewing-learning-analytics-for-eclass-courses" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Viewing Advanced Usage Reports for eClass Courses</a>.<br /></span></p>
</div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="criteria"></a>Student List by Criteria Report</span><br /></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span id="yui_3_17_2_3_1494363621737_284" class="typesummary" style="display: block;">This report produces a list of students' contact information, filtered by grade, level of participation, or a combination of both. This report can be used to identify students at varying levels of performance and engagement, in order to provide feedback or intervention. This report provides a list of student email addresses that can be copied or exported to CSV.</span></span></p>
<p>1. To begin, click on the <strong>Reports</strong> tab at the top of your main course page.</p>
<p>2. Then select <strong>Advanced usage</strong> from the list under Reports.</p>
<p>3. Click on<strong> Add a Report</strong>.</p>
<p>4. Select the <strong><span id="yui_3_17_2_3_1494363855917_271" class="typename">Student list by criteria</span></strong><span id="yui_3_17_2_3_1494363855917_271" class="typename"> report.</span></p>
<p><span id="yui_3_17_2_3_1494363855917_271" class="typename">5. Click on the <strong>Add</strong> button.<br /></span></p>
<p><span class="typename"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/analytics-student-list-by-criteria.png" alt="" width="800" /></span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding Conditions</strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Once you have added the report, you will have the choice between two buttons which will allow you to select the type of criteria (conditions) that you’d like to add. The criteria can be mixed and matched to generate the final list.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The simplest filter to apply is the <strong>Grades </strong>button, which will allow you to select a grade item from your course, an operator (greater than, less than, or equal to), and a number. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/analytics-student-list-by-criteria-grades.png" alt="" width="600" height="220" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the example above, the selected options would allow us to filter for students who achieved a grade higher than 15 on the selected 'Midterm' grade item. Click on the <strong><span style="font-size: 14pt;">+</span></strong> to add the condition.<br /></span></p>
<p>In a similar fashion, the <strong>Actions </strong>button allows you to select an activity, action, operator (greater than, less than, or equal to), and a number. This allows a wider variety of options to select different activities (quizzes, assignments, forums etc) or even different topics of content, which can be filtered even further by different actions (i.e., 'View, Assignment submitted', 'Post created' etc). <span style="font-weight: 400;">Note that the report will display students that match <strong>ALL</strong> of the given criteria.  There is currently no way to generate results based on matching ANY of the given criteria instead.</span></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/analytics-student-list-by-criteria-actions.png" alt="" width="600" height="331" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The <strong>Dates </strong>section can be used to further filter your results using the dropdowns. You can also click on the <strong>Show Advanced</strong> setting in the bottom-right corner to access the <strong>Users per page</strong> setting, which lets the user control how many results will be displayed on one page below. If the total number of users exceeds this amount, the results will be displayed across multiple pages. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="results"></a>Results Table</strong></span></p>
<p>Once you are satisfied with the conditions you have selected, click on the <strong>Apply filter</strong> button. This will generate a table containing the list of students (including their profile picture, full name, and email address) who meet the criteria you selected.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To select individual users from the list, you can click on the checkbox to the left of the user or simply click the checkbox at the top to select all users. If multiple pages are used, you’ll be able to control the active page by using the pagination controls at the bottom of the table.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/analytics-student-list-by-criteria-table.png" alt="" width="650" height="395" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The copy button in the top right of the table can be used to copy the email addresses of the currently selected users to your clipboard. You can then open an email in Google and paste to drop the email addresses directly in the “to/cc/bcc” field to contact the filtered students.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> <br /><strong>Note:</strong> some older browsers or operating systems may not support adding information directly to your clipboard (newer versions of Chrome or Firefox all generally support this feature).  If this fails, an error will be displayed to you. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">There is also an export to a CSV file button in the top right corner that will allow you to export the entire list of filtered students into a .csv document.  The exported CSV document is configured to allow for import into Google contacts so that you can easily create a list of contacts if desired.</span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Changing the role of existing users in your eClass course]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/changing-the-role-of-existing-users-in-your-eclass-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[335f5352088d7d9bf74191e006d8e24c]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 30 Apr 2015 11:42:36 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;"><br />This article will explain how to change the role of a user who is already enrolled in your course. For instructions on how to enroll someone, see the article </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/23/0/adding-additional-users-to-my-eclass-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;"><span class="kbtitlemain">Adding Additional Users to my eClass Course</span></a><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">.</span></p>
</div>
<ol>
<li>To open a list of existing users in the course, click on the <strong>Participants</strong> tab on the top panel.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/participants-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /><br /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once you are on the Participants page, you can then find the desired user in the list. <br /><br />If there are too many people, you can find the desired user using various search options like keywords, roles, groups, etc. Type the word and hit enter to apply the criteria and then click on "Apply Filter". This will display the list matching the criteria selected.<br /><br />Alternatively, you can select the initials of the 'First name' and 'Last name' to filter for individual users.<br /><br /><br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/user-add-role5.png" alt="" width="900" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Once you find the desired participant, in the column underneath Roles, click on the existing roles with the <strong>pencil</strong> icon.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/user-add-role.png" alt="" width="900" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Select the role that you would like to add. More detailed information on these roles can be found at: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/43/14/roles-on-eclass-moodle" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Roles on eClass</a>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/user-add-role1.png" alt="" width="900" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The new role has now been added. To delete a role, click on the <strong>x</strong> icon next to the role you would no longer like the user to have. To save, click on the <strong>save</strong> icon.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/user-add-role2.png" alt="" width="900" height="" /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/user-add-role4.png" alt="" width="900" height="" /></li>
</ol>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Blocking students from seeing the course participant list]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/blocking-students-from-seeing-the-course-participant-list]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[705f2172834666788607efbfca35afb3]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 04 Feb 2015 11:58:20 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;"></div>
<p>This article will explain how to block students from viewing the participant list in your course. This list is normally available to all students by default in every eClass course. The same general instructions can be used to customize a range of permissions for different activities in courses.</p>
<ol>
<li>From the top menu bar select <strong>Participants</strong> and then from the drop down menu select <strong>Permissions</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/participant-list-4.png" alt="" width="600" height="474" /><br /><br /><br /></li>
<li>On the top of the new page, you will see "Advanced role override". Click on the drop down menu and select <strong>Student</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/participant-list.png" alt="" width="676" height="522" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Scroll down until you find "View participants" or type “View participants” in the filter box.  On the same row, select <strong>Prohibit</strong>. Click on <strong>Save changes</strong> when you are done.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/participant-list-2.png" alt="" width="600" height="158" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Now, when students try clicking on the Participants list, they will not be redirected to the Participants page.</li>
</ol>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Structuring Your Course Content for Using the Advanced Usage Repo...]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/structuring-your-course-content-for-using-the-advanced-usage-report]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[158f3069a435b314a80bdcb024f8e422]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 05 May 2017 15:40:44 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>To get the most out of the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/305/14/viewing-learning-analytics-for-eclass-courses" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong>Advanced Usage report</strong> plugin</a> for your course, it’s helpful to know a bit more about how eClass logs information in each course. eClass tracks information by recording specific events as they occur in the various parts of the system. The system itself is modular, with the various modules being able to control which events they wish to track. Consequently, to get the most data, it’s important to use the modules which best track events.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This differs from how other systems work or, at the very least, the perception that every click would appear in the Advanced Usage report. For example, eClass does not record where a student’s mouse cursor is at all times or every item they’ve clicked on. Instead, it selectively records specific clicks, which generate the logs used by the Advanced Usage reports.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">eClass contains a large amount of 'activities' (quizzes, assignments, forums, pages, etc) that offer various levels of tracking. Some activities tend to generate a lot of events, such as quizzes. Quizzes track each time a student advances to a new page, which, for a large quiz can be quite a number of entries. Other activities tend to generate little or no events, such as labels. Labels are visible directly from the main page of the course at all times, so it’s impossible to tell if a student has viewed or interacted with the label.  This means that content in labels is generally untracked. While labels do carry significant aesthetic appeal, if you’d like to verify that students are reading the content, you’re better off using a page or file resource instead.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adv-content-structure-1.png" alt="" width="790" height="213" /><br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Tracking also varies for the portions of a course that are not activities/resources. The most obvious example is the topic/section summary area. This is commonly used to provide information to students, but it suffers from the same problem as labels in that it’s difficult to impossible to track, so no data is kept.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adv-content-structure-2.png" alt="" width="790" height="213" /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Finally, when adding hyperlinks to your course as part of another activity/area (topic summary, page, label, etc), individual clicks on portions of the activity/area are not tracked. In other words, you can see whether a student has loaded a page in your course, but you can’t see if they’ve clicked on a specific link on that page. If it’s important for you to be able to determine if students have viewed a particular hyperlink, set it up using the URL activity.  The URL activity only has a single function, so there’s no ambiguity about what the student may have done.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/adv-content-structure-3.png" alt="" width="790" height="213" /></span></p>
<h2><strong>Summary (Recommendations)</strong></h2>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To receive the most data from your course:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Organize your content into specific resources or activities as much as possible</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Use pages, books, tabs, or files to deliver content to your students rather than labels</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Never place content you want tracked in the topic/section summary area</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Important hyperlinks should be placed in a URL resource<br /></span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It is important to note that following these rules strictly will likely result in a course that will be less aesthetically pleasing to your students. Try to balance your needs for tracking, but also create a clear and consistent design that will be easy to navigate for students. For information that does not need to be tracked, use a more flexible approach.</span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Common Features in Advanced Usage Reports]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/common-features-in-advanced-usage-reports]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[9dfcd5e558dfa04aaf37f137a1d9d3e5]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 04 May 2017 10:16:24 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">The reports in the <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/305/0/viewing-advanced-usage-information-for-eclass-courses">Advanced Usage</a></strong> plugin include a number of common elements to ease querying class data. These features are numbered in the image below with detailed descriptions underneath.</span></p>
</div>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-features-1.png" alt="" width="700" /></p>
<ol>
<li>This is the basic filters area, which in most reports contains a student/grade filter, an activity filter, and a date filter.
<ul>
<li>The student/grade filter allows you to choose individual students or subsets (groups). If you select nothing, the report will default to show the data for all the students in your course.</li>
<li>Selecting a grade condition will only show students meeting the specified condition.</li>
<li>The date filter will limit the results to the specified time period. In a future update, the date filter will automatically default to the current term if that information is visible in the course name. Take note of the calendar dropdown button ( <img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-calendar-icon.png" alt="" width="26" height="22" /> ), which lets you quickly select common lengths of time (last week, 13 weeks, 4 months).</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong>x: </strong>This is the close button which lets you remove a report from view.</li>
<li><strong>Apply filter: </strong>This button records your current set of filters and requests the result from the server. After the results are retrieved, they’ll be added to the area indicated by “5”. <strong>Note that even without changing any filters, you must click this button to see results.</strong></li>
<li><strong>Show Advanced: </strong>this will expand a section that contains more advanced filtering options depending on the type of report that is being generated. These advanced options are covered in more detail in the detailed article for each specific report type.</li>
<li>This area will contain the results of the report that you’ve generated.  In the image above, a sample of a “Content engagement” report is visible.</li>
<li><strong>Action icons: </strong>This area includes tools that: export to Excel, export to a .png image file, copy the results to the clipboard, or undo/redo a set of filters.</li>
<li>This is the legend area of the report (typically only used for graphs) that contains additional information about the colouring used in the graph.</li>
</ol>
<p>Most areas contain a help bubble ( <img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-help-icon.png" alt="" width="25" height="22" /> ) to provide additional contextual information where appropriate.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Adjusting Graph Size</strong></span></p>
<p>Analytics reports primarily come in two sizes, small and medium.  If your device resolution is large enough, the larger size of the two will be used. Additionally, if your device’s usable horizontal size is quite large (&gt;1600 pixels), you’ll see a special toggle, pictured below, that lets you adjust between displaying the graphs in "list" view or "grid" view:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-features-2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>In the list view (left icon), graphs are displayed using a medium size and stacked on top of one another.</p>
<p>In grid view (right icon), graphs are displayed using the smaller size, but two graphs can now be displayed side-by-side. Use this view if you’d like to do side-by-side comparisons.</p>
<p>The majority of user testing was done on devices using a 1080p screen, although devices (e.g. laptops or tablets) with smaller resolutions will work well and generally be forced into "list" view.</p>
<p>Due to the more detailed nature of the filters and graphs (and their analysis), it would be difficult to work on the smaller mobile screens. Newer phones (most Android phones, iPhone 6 and newer) can be used to generate some results (provided that they are used in landscape mode) but in general, using advanced usage reports on mobile devices will not provide the best experience.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Exporting Group Information from Courses]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/exporting-group-information-from-courses]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[51d92be1c60d1db1d2e5e7a07da55b26]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 18 Jan 2021 16:24:45 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><span><strong>New in June 2023</strong>, eClass instructors can utilize a core Moodle function to export student details along with their respective group information. (This functionality was previously offered through the use of a custom-built external tool.) The export generates a .csv spreadsheet containing students' first names, last names, CCID, email addresses, and group names. </span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>To export groups:</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li><span>Click on </span><strong>Participants</strong><span> from the top menu bar of your course main page:</span><br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/participants-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>From the drop down menu at the top left of the page, select <strong>Overview</strong> in the 'Groups' section:<br />
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/ParticipantsOverview.png" alt="" width="550" height="572" /></p>
</li>
<li>From the 'Filter groups by', select the appropriate grouping and or groups that need to be exported. Once a selection is made, the page displaying the groups will adjust to the filtered groups/groupings; the <span>contents of the file will match the filtered contents displayed on the overview page:</span><strong><br /></strong></li>
</ol>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/GroupOverview.png" alt="" width="867" height="712" /></p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;">4. The resulting file will contain columns for the grouping, group, and identofying student information. The sample image below shows the result after selecting a single grouping from 'Filter groups by':<br /><br /></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/GroupSample.png" alt="" width="785" height="645" /></p>
<p></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Allowing Students to View Their Own Advanced Usage Reports]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/allowing-students-to-view-their-own-advanced-usage-reports]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f2fc990265c712c49d51a18a32b39f0c]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 18 May 2017 13:20:00 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">By default, only instructors have permission to access the Advanced Usage reports in eClass courses. But if an instructor chooses to do so, they have the option of changing the default permissions so students could view their </span><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">own</strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"> usage data for a course. Students can view all the advanced usage reports apart from the Student List by Criteria report but </span><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">in all cases, the data they can see is only their own </strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">(or an aggregated count when viewing average accesses.)</span></p>
</div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To allow students to access their Advanced Usage:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Participants</strong> from your course header, then select <strong>Permissions</strong> from the dropdown menu:<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/participantspermissions.png" alt="finding permissions from the participants screen" width="450" height="345" /></li>
<li>On the top of the new page, you will see Advanced role override. Click on the drop down menu and select <strong>Student</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/participant-list.png" alt="" width="600" height="321" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Type 'analytics' into the filter box and change the permission for 'View student analytics report' to <strong>Allow</strong>:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/permissionssave.png" alt="setting permissions for report/analytics:studentview" width="590" height="298" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p>Students will now see <strong>Advanced Usage</strong> under their profile in the <strong>Reports</strong> section:</p>
<p><strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/profile-settings-1.png" alt="" width="400" height="257" /><br /></strong></p>
<p><strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal_student_profile.png" alt="" width="300" /></strong></p>
<p>Next, students can select the course they would like Advanced Usage reports for from a drop-down menu (if instructors in more than 1 course have given them access), and then click on <strong>Add a report</strong>:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/aureport4.png" alt="" width="500" height="191" /></p>
<p>Students can add any of the following report types to view their own usage:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/314/14/viewing-the-content-engagement-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Content engagement</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/315/14/viewing-a-report-of-content-engagement-over-time" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Content engagement over time</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/318/14/viewing-the-forum-engagement-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Forum engagement</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/320/14/viewing-a-report-of-forum-engagement-over-time" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Forum engagement over time</a></li>
<li><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/321/14/viewing-a-report-of-forum-posts-by-user" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Forum posts by user</a></li>
<li>Grades vs. Actions<br /><br /></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Student Self-Evaluation</span></strong></p>
<p>Students can use the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/314/14/viewing-the-content-engagement-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Content engagement report</a> (or the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/318/14/viewing-the-forum-engagement-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Forum engagement report</a>) to compare their level of participation to averages for the class as well as for the top and bottom 15th percentiles. This can be useful in gauging in self-assessing the amount of effort they are contributing to the course, especially in relation to top-performing students. For this feature to function, however, instructors need to be using the eClass gradebook to tally student scores - see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/314/14/viewing-the-content-engagement-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a> for more details.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Viewing a Report of Content Engagement over Time]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/viewing-a-report-of-content-engagement-over-time]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[ad13a2a07ca4b7642959dc0c4c740ab6]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 08 May 2017 12:57:33 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">The <strong>Engagement Over Time Advanced Usage</strong> report will display student access counts to content in your course across the range of time specified. The report can be filtered by students (or groups) and by specific pieces of content to identify usage patterns for the term or a specific time range. The image below shows a sample report for a specific range of time, filtered for a specific number of activities (for more information on basic filtering see </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/311/14/common-features-in-learning-analytics-reports" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Common Features of Advanced Usage Reports</a><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">).</span></p>
</div>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-engagement-over-time.png" alt="" width="920" height="710" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Advanced Filtering Options:</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">By default, all events/actions (eg. viewing, posting, submitting) are summed together and displayed on the graph.  However, it is possible to see only a particular type of action by selecting it from the drop-down.  Keep in mind that some actions are specific to certain types of activities, so be sure to adjust the activity filter accordingly.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">If desired, only unique actions (rather than the total) can be selected to be plotted.  Multiple actions by a single student are counted only a single time for each time chunk (see next option for more info).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Granularity refers to how many points in time are calculated to display the graph.  Use the slider to adjust the value and the exact number will be displayed to the right.  By default, the entire time window (Jan 1, 2015 - Apr 30, 2017 in this example) is split into 16 equal chunks of time and actions/events are counted for each chunk.  Increasing the granularity decreases the total length of each time chunk, granting better resolution. Note that requesting increased resolution will require more time to compute and may slow down the display of your report.  If you’re curious about which portions of the graph represent the points, you can hold your mouse near a line on the graph and it will show you a tooltip indicating the closest point.</span><br /><br />
<p style="margin-left: -35px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Additional Information:</strong></span></p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The y-axis for the graph is measured in the total number of occurrences of a particular action/event that is counted while processing the eClass event log.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The x-axis contains the dates (and times if appropriate) during which the events happened.  By default, there are only a few time divisions and the graph is quite “rough”.  Increase the granularity to get a more exact picture of what’s happening in your course.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The legend contains entries for each item selected in the activity filter.  If no items are selected, a sensible default (common activity types) is shown to the user.  As a user, you may select individual activities, entire sections (aggregates all activities in that section), or activity types (e.g., quizzes, assignments).  If more than 10 entries were selected, arrow buttons will appear at the bottom of the legend to page through the results.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Clicking this button will export the results to an excel spreadsheet.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Clicking this button will save a screenshot (in PNG) of the graph to your computer.</span></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Anytime a graph displays an activity type (e.g., “All forums”), you are able to click on the entry on the legend and the graph will automatically be re-drawn (and the filter updated) with each individual activity in the course selected.</span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Configuring a Weekly Report of Student Activity]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/configuring-a-weekly-report-of-student-activity]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3ad7c2ebb96fcba7cda0cf54a2e802f5]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 29 Aug 2017 14:27:02 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p>The Advanced Usage report suite can be configured to send instructors a weekly report based on the criteria they specify. A weekly criteria report follows the same process as searching for <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/319/14/using-the-student-list-by-criteria-learning-analytics-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">student based on criteria</a>, but permits you to obtain a list of names and emails each week in your inbox. This might be a useful part of a strategy to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/323/14/monitoring-student-progress-in-your-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">monitor student participation in your course</a>.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To configure a weekly report:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>From the main course page, select <strong>Reports</strong> from the top menu bar, then <strong>Advantage usage</strong><br /><strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/weekly-anal-report-1a.png" alt="" width="759" height="384" /></strong><strong></strong></li>
<li>Then click <strong>Schedule Report</strong>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/weekly-anal-report-1.png" alt="" width="600" height="311" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>This will launch a page like the following which<span style="font-weight: 400;"> lets you identify students that match particular criteria and have that list emailed to you weekly. Click on <strong>Add more</strong> to add a criteria selector to the page</span>.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/weekly-anal-report-2.png" alt="" width="600" height="230" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>The criteria selector page is the same available for the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/319/14/using-the-student-list-by-criteria-learning-analytics-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Student List by Criteria report</a> and functions similarly. You can set criteria to be based on <strong>Actions</strong> or <strong>Grades</strong>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>You can then select specific activities, sections, pages and any action you wish to select students based on choosing an operator and numeric value, and click the <strong>plus</strong> icon to add the criteria. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/weekly-anal-report-3.png" alt="" width="700" height="301" /> <br /><br /></li>
<li>After pressing the <strong>plus</strong> button, your criteria will appear in blue. You can enter as many conditions as you want. The example above is set to match any students who have not posted discussions or replies in the 'Help and Support' forum added to this course.<br /><br /></li>
<li>You can then specify a date range you want to check for.<br /><br /></li>
<li>The criteria you've added will appear in blue.<br /><br /></li>
<li>You can check the results returned by your criteria by clicking <strong>Test</strong> <strong>Filter</strong> (which tests the criteria immediately, not for the time range specified).<br /><br /></li>
<li>Select from any of the instructors to receive the emailed report. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/weekly-anal-report-4.png" alt="" width="700" height="532" /> <br /><br /></li>
<li>The last step is to click <strong>Save all</strong>.<br /><br /></li>
<li>Any conditions that are saved will now display when the report scheduler is launched.<br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The weekly reports are produced and sent early each Sunday morning and contain the list of students matching the criteria and their email addresses (as in the format below). </span></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/weekly-anal-report-6.png" alt="" width="672" height="292" /></p>
<p> </p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Backup and Restore Your eClass Course Content]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/backup-and-restore-your-course-content]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[d34ab169b70c9dcd35e62896010cd9ff]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 22 Jan 2019 13:59:43 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[eClass users can back up the content of entire courses or selected content items from within courses. This process can retain backup files from courses that can be transferred to other LMSs or kept as archives. It is also possible to use this process to a...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>eClass users can back up the content of entire courses or selected content items from within courses. This process can retain backup files from courses that can be transferred to other LMSs or kept as archives. It is also possible to use this process to add content to any <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/62/0/enabling-requesting-your-course-in-eclass" target="_blank" rel="noopener">courses requested blank</a> (but<span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"> this is generally not recommend since the less complicated <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/60/13/transferring-content-between-courses#import" target="_blank" rel="noopener">import process</a> can do the same thing.)</span></p>
<p><strong>Backup files made from eClass and eClass External courses can also be imported manually into Canvas</strong> but users should be aware that this process <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/585/55/eclass-to-canvas-content-conversion-mapping" target="_blank" rel="noopener">produces slightly different results</a> than what is provided by the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/574/0/u-of-a-mass-course-content-migration" target="_blank" rel="noopener">K16 Mass Migration</a>.</p>
<p><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Update January 2025: </strong><span style="color: #000000;">we have identified a new issue </span></span>that affects <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/591/55/creating-new-quiz-item-banks-from-manually-imported-eclass-questions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">backup and restores to Canvas involving quiz questions</a> so users should familiarize themselves with that problem if that is their use case.</p>
<p>This example illustrates a simple backup-and-restore process, in which the destination course is assumed to be empty.<br /><br /></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#course-import-export">Course Import/Export</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#backing-up">Backing Up</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#restore-course">Restore Course</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#importtocanvas">Importing into Canvas</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#importing-within-canvas">Importing within Canvas</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><a id="course-import-export"></a><br /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Course Import/Export</strong></span></p>
<p>1. In your course, click on the<strong> More </strong>drop-down menu and click <strong>Course Import/Export</strong>.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/backupCourse0.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></p>
<p><a id="backing-up"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Backing up</strong></span></p>
<p>2. Then select <strong>Backup </strong>from the drop-down list.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/backupcourse00.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /></p>
<p>3. In the <strong>Initial settings</strong> step, choose what you want to include in your backup. Typically, you would deselect 'Include groups and groupings'. Otherwise, the defaults are acceptable. Scroll to the bottom and click <strong>Jump to final step</strong> to perform the backup. (You may proceed by clicking <strong>Next</strong> to go through the other steps if you wish to choose content to back up and preview your selection specifically.)<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/backupCourse1.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></p>
<p>4. After the backup, you will see the message, "The backup file was successfully created." Click <strong>Continue</strong> to proceed.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/backupCourse2.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /></p>
<p>If importing the content into Canvas, skip to <a href="#importtocanvas">Importing a backup into Canvas</a> below.</p>
<p><a id="restore-course"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Restore Course</strong></span></p>
<p>5. Automatically, you are taken to the <strong>Restore course</strong> screen. In this screen, you have options to 'Import a backup file' from your computer, the 'Course backup area', the 'User private backup area' and a button to manage your backup files. <em>To identify your file, your restore file will include parts of your course name as well as show the date and time of backup. </em>In the 'User private backup area', locate your course that was just backed up and click <strong>Restore</strong> and proceed to the 'Confirm' screen.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Backup-Restore-3.png" alt="" width="1068" height="710" /></p>
<p>6. On the 'Confirm' screen, review the details and click <strong>Continue</strong> at the bottom.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Backup-Restore-4.png" alt="" width="683" height="652" /></p>
<p>7. On the 'Destination' screen, you are presented with various options for restoring your course. In the 'Restore into an existing course' section, locate your destination course from the list shown and select it. Click <strong>Continue</strong> when ready to proceed.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Backup-Restore-5.png" alt="" width="800" height="" /></p>
<p>8. Review your settings on the 'Settings' screen. The defaults will typically suffice. Click <strong>Next</strong> at the bottom to confirm and continue.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Backup-Restore-6.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /></p>
<p>9. On the 'Schema' screen, you can choose to change your course name and select specifically what content you wish to import. In this example, we will use the default options. Scroll to the bottom and click <strong>Next</strong> to continue.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Backup-Restore-7.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /></p>
<p>10. The 'Review' screen gives you one last chance to review your options. Click <strong>Perform restore</strong> on the bottom right of this screen.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Backup-Restore-8.png" alt="" width="648" height="415" /></p>
<p>11. You should get the message, "The course was restored successfully. Clicking the continue button below will take you to view the course you restored." Click <strong>Continue,</strong> and you will be automatically taken to your destination course.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Backup-Restore-9.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /></p>
<p>12. Finally, you can clean up your course as needed. In the screenshot below, you can see that the Announcements forum has doubled up (one from the origin course and another from the default destination course). Review the content and make any required content updates to your course.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Backup-Restore-10.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="importtocanvas"></a>Importing a backup into Canvas:<br /></strong></span></p>
<p>After following the <a href="#backing-up">steps above</a> to create a backup file in eClass or eClass External, the file will be available in your <strong>User private backup area</strong>:</p>
<p></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/canvas/canvas_download_mbz.png" alt="Download link" width="756" height="296" /></p>
<p>To use your backup file in Canvas, you must first download it. Please note where it has been downloaded. </p>
<p>After downloading your backup file, log in to Canvas and access the course where you want the content. (If you do not yet have a course on Canvas, you will need to create one before you can import content - either an <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/558/0/creating-credit-courses-on-canvas" target="_blank" rel="noopener">actual credit course</a>, or a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/525/0/accessing-sandbox-courses-on-canvas" target="_blank" rel="noopener">co-curricular or sandbox course</a>.)</p>
<p>From your Canvas Home page, select 'Import Existing Content':</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import_into_canvas.png" width="315" height="281" alt="" /></p>
<p>From the dropdown menu, choose 'Moodle 1.9/2.x':</p>
<p style="padding-left: 40px;"> <img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/import_into_canvas_choose_moodle.png" alt="choose moodle from the dropdown" width="502" height="265" /></p>
<p>Please note that there is a known issue that affects <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/591/55/creating-new-quiz-item-banks-from-manually-imported-eclass-questions" target="_blank" rel="noopener">backup and restores to Canvas involving quiz questions</a> when multiple versions have been cereated.</p>
<p>For detailed instructions, please see <a href="https://community.canvaslms.com/t5/Instructor-Guide/How-do-I-import-content-from-Moodle-into-Canvas/ta-p/1158" target="_blank" rel="noopener">How do I import content from Moodle into Canvas?</a> in the Canvas Community knowledge portal.</p>
<p></p>
<h1><span style="font-size: 12pt;"><a id="importing-within-canvas"></a>Importing Within Canvas</span></h1>
<p>If you need to do a manual import between Canvas courses, follow this procedure:</p>
<p><a href="https://community.canvaslms.com/t5/Instructor-Guide/How-do-I-copy-content-from-another-Canvas-course-using-the/ta-p/1012" target="_blank" rel="noopener">How do I copy content from another Canvas course using the Course Import tool?</a></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Note</strong></span>: When choosing options for importing, <a href="https://community.canvaslms.com/t5/Instructor-Guide/How-do-I-select-specific-content-as-part-of-a-course-import/ta-p/1091" target="_blank" rel="noopener">selective import</a> is <strong>strongly recommended</strong> so that you do not import the announcements from the older Canvas course.</p>
<p></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Managing Users in Your Course]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/managing-users-in-your-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[918317b57931b6b7a7d29490fe5ec9f9]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 15 Dec 2016 12:43:23 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">This article describes how instructors can use the management tools on the </span><strong style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">Participants </strong><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">page in their course to change group enrollments, modify enrollment durations, and unenroll users from a course.</span></p>
</div>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#view-manage">View and manage the users</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#add-remove">Adding or removing users</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#modify">Modifying user enrollments</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#unenroll">Unenrolling users</a></li>
<li>5 <a href="#unenroll-self">Accidentally unenrolled yourself?</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="view-manage"></a>View and manage the users in the course:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Participants</strong> in the options above your course.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/participants-nav-bar.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /></li>
<li>The <em>Enrolled users</em> page will open, and the 'Enrolled users' dropdown menu will be available.<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enroll-users.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /></li>
<li>To enroll new users in your course, please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/23/14/adding-additional-users-to-my-eclass-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Additional Users to my eClass Course</a>.</li>
<li>To change the role of an existing user in your course, please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/240/14/changing-the-role-of-existing-users-in-your-eclass-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Changing the role of existing users in your eClass course</a>.<br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p>The <em>Enrolled users</em> page gives a useful overview of each student’s group membership which can be useful when trying to determine if any students are not in a group. Groups may only be modified in this way if groups are present in the course. See this <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/14/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">article</a> for more details.<br /><br /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="add-remove"></a>To add/remove a user from a group from the <em>Enrolled users</em> interface:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the existing groups with the <strong>pencil</strong> icon.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/addGroup.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>To add a user to a group, type in the group name or choose from the drop-down menu.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/addGroup2.PNG" alt="" width="600" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>To remove a user from a group, select the <strong>x</strong> next to the name of the group you would no longer like the user to be a member of. To save, click on the <strong>save</strong> icon.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/removeGroup.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p>For any manually enrolled user, you can:</p>
<ul>
<li>Set enrollment start and end dates</li>
<li>Toggle the status of their enrollment to Active or Suspended</li>
<li>Set enrollment duration</li>
</ul>
<p>To do so, please see the article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/23/14/adding-additional-users-to-my-eclass-course" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Adding Additional Users to my eClass Course</a>.<br /><br /></p>
<p><a name="modify"></a><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">To modify enrollment settings after enrollment:</span></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on <strong>settings</strong> gear icon for that particular user, found under the <em>Status</em> column.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enrollmentSettings.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li><strong>Save changes</strong> when complete.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/enrollmentSettings2.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /><br /><br />Details on how you can set a default start/end date or enrollment duration for <strong>all</strong> self-enrollments can be found in this article: <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/54/14/enabling-the-self-enrollment-method" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Enabling the Self-enrollment Method</a>. It is more common that individual enrollments will need different expiry dates.<br /><br /><strong>Note:</strong> The above settings are only available for users manually enrolled in a course and not for <em>IMS</em> or <em>Student cohort enrollments</em> (the enrollments populated from Bear Tracks).<br /><br /></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="unenroll"></a>To unenroll users from a course:</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Trash</strong> for that particular user, found under the <em>Status</em> column.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/unenrollUser.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Complete the unenrollment.<br /><br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/unenrollUser2.png" alt="" width="600" height="" /><br /><br /><strong>Note:</strong><em> S</em>tudents enrolled in credit courses cannot be manually removed from your course.<br /><br /></li>
<li><strong><a id="unenroll-self"></a></strong>The <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/News/NewsItem/View/185/new-course-creation-system-coming-soon" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Course Request System</a> enrolls all administrative users (Instructors, TAs, Non-editing Instructors, Graders, etc.) as regular users in a course allowing instructors to manage any changes to these enrollments themselves. <strong>This ability to change enrollments, however, also makes it possible to unenroll your own user account from a course and lose access to it.</strong><br /><br />If you inadvertently unenroll yourself, any other instructor in the course can reinstate or you can <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/192/0/ist-eclass-support-team" target="_blank" rel="noopener">contact IST eClass Support</a> to be re-added to the course.</li>
</ol>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Tracking Specific Student Behaviour in Your Course]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/tracking-specific-student-behaviour-in-your-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[5737c6ec2e0716f3d8a7a5c4e0de0d9a]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 15 May 2017 11:37:03 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">This article describes how instructors can use the </span><strong style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Advanced Usage</strong><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"> report plugin to discover how specific students are interacting with their eClass course. The example below shows the results from a completed course but the same lessons can be applied to a course that’s currently in progress.</span></p>
</div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Begin by adding a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/315/14/viewing-a-report-of-content-engagement-over-time" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Content Engagement Over Time Advanced Usage report</a> and filtering the report to display a particular student and time range. Click <strong>Apply filter</strong> to display the graph.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/studentBehaviour-1.png" alt="" width="772" height="301" /><br /></span></p>
<span style="font-weight: 400;">The results graph should look something like the one below depending on the particulars of your course and content. These specific results can be analyzed with an eye to suggesting general concepts applicable to other courses.</span></div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;"><br />
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-behaviour-2.png" alt="" width="790" height="379" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this student's case, the graph shows access to files and pages at regular intervals through the course, as well as a significant number of forums accesses at two larger intervals in the course. This course had a few weeks that were flipped -- where the face-to-face lecture was replaced by online modules -- requiring students to post in a discussion forum so this is apparent in the data. During the other weeks, students were not required to post in a discussion forum.</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">As it can be challenging to see some of the smaller more regular results 'beneath' the large spikes in forum activity, you can mouseover one of the legend entries to fade out all other lines on the graph except the one you select. The result of this is pictured below (hovering over 'All pages'):</span></strong></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-behaviour-3.png" alt="" width="803" height="382" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The default view computes only 16 points in time, which amounts to roughly one every week over a four-month period. This shows about one result per week when looking at the graph. To obtain more detailed information about events that occur at specific times, adjust the granularity for the graph under <strong>Show advanced</strong>.  Since the spikes in forum access occur at only specific weeks in the course, to see a bit more information about those setting the granularity to 128 will increase the detail by adding 8 times as many points in time.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here’s what that looks like:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-behaviour-4.png" alt="" width="792" height="368" /><br /></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Using 8 times as many points in time means that the graph shows roughly one entry per day. Note, however, that the x-axis remains the same: this is because the overall time period being covered is the same. With better time resolution, it is now possible to see exactly on which days events are occurring, rather than those events being 'lumped together' in time. For this particular student, the graph shows the forum peaks tend to happen in pairs and there are actually 3 such instances in the course (week 1, week 2, and week 11) rather than 2. The sets of two peaks suggest that the student was required to post some initial thoughts and later post a final summary of their learning for the week.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">You could further clean up the data view and investigate student forum behaviour by showing only those activities, rather than aggregating them together in the graphs above. For example, to see this student's access only to forums, click <strong>All forums</strong> in the legend to automatically filter the data to only the forum activities in the course.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">It is also possible to view student behaviour when accessing static content in your course. To do this, the process is similar to filtering to only forums: select <strong>All pages</strong> in the legend of the initial graph:<br /></span></span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-behaviour-5.png" alt="" width="792" height="384" /><br /></strong></span></span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">What’s most interesting about this graph is that some of the weekly pages appear at multiple times (the green ones, in particular, seem to be). This shows when the student accessed weekly content in previous or subsequent weeks. Getting a sense of which weeks the student referred to multiple times during the course can help you target changes in focus or structure for future iterations of a course. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To see this clearly, mouseover the particular entry on the legend - here’s an image of mouseover for the week 5 entry: <br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-behaviour-6.png" alt="" width="779" height="365" /><br /></strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This shows that the student accessed the page well prior to week 5 and also accessed it after week 5. This is quite different from the red entry, which is very well localized in time (just prior to Oct. 16), but it was viewed about 5 times in total.<br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Viewing the Content Engagement Report]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/viewing-the-content-engagement-report]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[758874998f5bd0c393da094e1967a72b]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 05 May 2017 16:08:27 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">The <strong>Content Engagement Report</strong> can be used to view student access to content in your course. The figure below shows an example of such a report filtered over a range of time (for more information on basic filtering see </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/311/14/common-features-in-learning-analytics-reports" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Common Features of Advanced Usage Reports</a><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">).</span></p>
</div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-conent-engagement-1.png" alt="" width="822" height="692" /><br /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Advanced Filtering Options:</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Rather than creating a graph with only views and interactions, several basic actions/events are included in this dropdown and can be selected. Keep in mind that these actions are specific to each type of eClass activity, so be sure to adjust the activity filter accordingly. For example: if a series of quizzes are selected along with an assignment event, the graph results will be 0. Leave this filter blank (none selected) to see views and interactions.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you’d like to view unique events (rather than total), select this checkbox. This option counts each student only once, irrespective of how many times they may have accessed a piece of content or performed a specific action. This feature can be used to identify how many total students have accessed a particular piece of content.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">In addition to the standard bars, selecting an option other than “None” on the average filter will plot a second set of results alongside the first showing average event counts for different sub-groups of your students. It is possible to view average event counts for the top 15% of students in your class, the average across all students, or the average across the bottom 15% of students in your class - based on their scores in the course total column of your gradebook. If you do not use the gradebook in eClass or use a different column as the final grade, these results will not be accurate.</span> <br />
<p style="margin-left: -35px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Additional Information:</strong></span></p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The y-axis for the graph is measured in the total number of occurrences of a particular action/event that is counted while processing the eClass event log.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The x-axis for the graph contains entries for each item selected in the activity filter. If no items are selected, a sensible default (visible in the sample) is shown to the user. As a user, you may select individual activities, entire sections (aggregates all activities in that section), or activity types (e.g., quizzes, assignments).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">By default, “Views” and “Interactions” are shown for each selected activity. “Views” typically involve the student reading some sort of information, while “Interactions” involve a student submission or a student updating/changing content. Click the help bubbles while viewing the report to see a few examples of each.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Clicking this button will export the results to an excel spreadsheet.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Clicking this button will save a screenshot (in PNG) of the graph to your computer.</span></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Mousing over a bar on the graph will display a tooltip indicating the exact number that is being displayed.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Anytime a graph displays an aggregated activity type (e.g., “All forums”), you are able to click on one of the bars and the graph will automatically be re-drawn (and the filter updated) with each forum in the course selected. You can narrow in on particular results in this fashion.</span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Viewing the Forum Engagement Report]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/viewing-the-forum-engagement-report]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[432aca3a1e345e339f35a30c8f65edce]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Tue, 09 May 2017 15:36:31 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">The <strong>Forum Engagement Report</strong> can be used to view counts of student access to forums in your course. The figure below shows an example of such a report with no basic filters applied (for more information on basic filtering see </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/311/14/common-features-in-learning-analytics-reports" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Common Features of Advanced Usage Reports</a><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">).</span></p>
</div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This report is essentially the same as the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/314/14/viewing-the-content-engagement-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Content Engagement report</a> but pre-filtered to only show the forum activities in your course.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-forum-engagement-1.png" alt="" width="829" height="714" /><br /></span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Advanced Filtering Options:</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The default Forum Engagement report shows Discussions created, Posts created, and Discussions viewed. You can filter amongst these 3 types of events in the <strong>Actions</strong> dropdown.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you’d like to view unique events (rather than total), select this checkbox. This option counts each student only once, irrespective of how many times they may have accessed a forum post or reply. This feature can be used to identify how many total students have accessed a particular forum.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">In addition to the standard bars, selecting an option other than “None” on the average filter will plot a second set of results alongside the first showing average event counts for different sub-groups of your students. It is possible to view average event counts for the top 15% of students in your class, the average across all students, or the average across the bottom 15% of students in your class - based on their scores in the course total column of your gradebook. If you do not use the gradebook in eClass or use a different column as the final grade, these results will not be accurate.</span> <br /><br />
<p style="margin-left: -35px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Additional Information:</strong></span></p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The y-axis for the graph is measured in the total number of occurrences of a particular action/event that is counted while processing the eClass event log.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The x-axis for the graph contains entries for each item selected in the activity filter. If no items are selected, a sensible default (visible in the sample) is shown to the user. As a user, you may select individual forums or entire sections (aggregate all forums in that section).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">By default, Discussions created, Posts created, and Discussions viewed are shown for each selected forum.  Discussions are top-level posts, while posts include replies. Click the help bubbles while viewing the report to see a few examples of each.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Clicking this button will export the results to an excel spreadsheet.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Clicking this button will save a screenshot (in PNG) of the graph to your computer.</span></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Mousing over a bar on the graph will display a tooltip indicating the exact number that is being displayed.</span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Monitoring Student Progress in Your Course]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/monitoring-student-progress-in-your-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[bc6dc48b743dc5d013b1abaebd2faed2]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 15 May 2017 14:45:41 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p></p>
<p>\The <strong>Advanced Usage</strong> reports in eClass can be useful to assess student performance and provide tools to contact students who may need assistance. You can add a report by clicking on the Reports tab at the top of your main course landing page. Then click on <strong>Advanced Usage </strong> to get to this screen below:<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Content Engagement.png" alt="" width="800" /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Comparing Students to Averages</span></strong></p>
<p>Using the <strong>Averages</strong> dropdown in the 'Show Advanced' area of the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/314/14/viewing-the-content-engagement-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Content Engagement Advanced Usage report</a> allows instructors to compare results (for individual students, groups, or the entire class) to results for the top and bottom 15% of the class. The graph below shows such a report with <strong>Averages</strong> set to 'Top 15% of class'. By not selecting any specific students or groups, all of them will be selected, so it is possible to roughly compare the results across all students with the results across students in the top 15% of your class:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-monitoring-1.png" alt="" width="750" height="414" /></p>
<p>Note that high-performing students had higher levels of interaction in the forums.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By switching the <strong>Averages</strong> dropdown to the 'Bottom 15% of class' we can see how those students compared to the overall numbers:</span></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-monitoring-2.png" alt="" width="750" height="422" /></p>
<p>Note now that the bottom students had fewer interactions in forums. <span style="font-weight: 400;">It is equally possible to select specific activities or simply click on a bar for an entire type of activity or resource (for example, All forums) to check data at a more detailed level.</span> This same approach can be used to compare a single student to the entire class or to the upper or lower groups to get a sense of where their participation level lies in comparison to the rest of the class.<br /><br /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Checking for Students Who Are Not Participating</span></strong></p>
<p>It is possible to use the <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/319/14/using-the-student-list-by-criteria-learning-analytics-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Student List by Criteria Advanced Usage report</a> to identify and contact students who are not meeting certain milestones in your course<span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Before beginning, it is important to decide on the specific activity that will be used to target to identify these students. These might be assessment items from the course syllabus that students are required to complete, for example, if students were required to post a self-introduction in a forum; or there might be a required reading on a page in your course that students need to read prior to coming to class.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The example case below is focused on a forum post that all students are required to post at the end of a week. To determine who has not submitted, click on the <strong>Actions</strong> tab.<br />Then select the specific forum from the <strong>Activities</strong> filter (in this case 'Peer Evaluation Forum'), then from the drop-down list <strong>Actions</strong> select 'Post created'. Then select the 'equals' operator, then type '0' in the textbox. Click the <strong>'<span style="font-size: 14pt;">+</span>'</strong> sign to add the criteria. <br />Adjust the dates (if desired - maybe you’re in week 2), then click <strong>Apply filter</strong>. </span></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-monitoring-3.png" alt="" width="650" height="299" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The results should look something like this:</span></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-monitoring-3a.png" alt="" width="550" height="492" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this course, it looks like three Demo Students and another student have not posted.</span></p>
<p>A similar query could be done to identify any students who have not looked at a particular page: select <strong>Actions</strong> again, select the specific page, set the action to 'Views', use the greater than operator again, and set the textbox to '0'.<br /><br /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Contacting The Identified Students</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The report offers a couple of mechanisms to contact the identified students by email.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If there are only a few students to email, the easiest option is to copy and paste their email addresses: select the students by clicking on the checkbox beside their name or click the select all button at the top left of the list to select all users</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">, then click the Copy to clipboard button on the toolbar</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Copy to clipboard.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Start a new message in Gmail, then paste into the “Bcc” field. This will paste the student’s email addresses directly, but not let them see each other's contact information.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If there is a chance that the same group of students may need to receive multiple emails, you can create a contact group in Gmail. To get a google importable csv file with their contact info, click on the Export to CSV button in the toolbar portion of the graph</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Go to Gmail and switch to the 'Contacts' view to import your contacts.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on 'More' on the google toolbar and then select 'Import'.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on 'Browse…' then navigate to the CSV that you downloaded from the graph.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on 'Import'</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Google will import these contacts and then add them to a group called 'Imported MM/DD/YY'. Return to your mail view, compose a new mail, and then type 'Imported' in the 'Bcc' field (again to prevent students from seeing each other's contact information). This will bring up your new group of imported contacts. Click on the one with the correct date, which will auto-populate all of the email addresses into the email. Add a subject, type out your message, and click send.</span><br /><br /></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Scheduling a Weekly Report with Criteria</span></strong></p>
<p>Specifying criteria to select specific students can also be performed as a part of <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/343/14/configuring-a-weekly-report-of-student-activity" target="_blank" rel="noopener">scheduled weekly reports</a>. Criteria lists are emailed to designated course instructors once per week and can be an effective aid in identifying students who are not participating in your course.</p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Viewing a Report of Forum Engagement over Time]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/viewing-a-report-of-forum-engagement-over-time]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[320722549d1751cf3f247855f937b982]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 10 May 2017 13:04:07 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">The <strong>Forum Engagement Over Time</strong> advanced usage report will display student access counts for forums in your course across the range of time specified. The report can be filtered by students (or groups) and by specific pieces of content to identify usage patterns for the term or a specific time range. This report is basically the </span><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/315/14/viewing-a-report-of-content-engagement-over-time" target="_blank" rel="noopener" style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;">Content Engagement over Time report</a><span style="font-family: verdana, geneva; font-size: 11pt;"> pre-filtered to show only forums and their associated actions.</span></p>
</div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The image below shows a sample report filtered for a specific range of time (for more information on basic filtering see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/311/14/common-features-in-learning-analytics-reports" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Common Features of Advanced Usage Reports</a>).</span></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-forum-engagement-over-time.png" alt="" width="831" height="674" /></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Advanced Filtering Options:</strong></span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">By default, 'Discussions viewed' are summed together and displayed on the graph. However, it is possible to see only a particular type of forum action by selecting it from the drop-down: 'Posts created' (ie. replies) or 'Discussions created'.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">If desired, only unique actions (rather than total) can be selected to be plotted so multiple views of posts in the same forum by a single student would be counted only a single time for each time chunk (see next option for more info).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Granularity refers to how many points in time are calculated to display the graph. Use the slider to adjust the value and the exact number will be displayed to the right. By default, the entire time window (Mar 1, 2017 - Apr 30, 2017, in this example) is split into 16 equal chunks of time and actions/events are counted for each chunk. Increasing the granularity decreases the total length of each time chunk, granting better resolution. Note that requesting increased resolution will require more time to compute and may slow down the display of your report. If you’re curious about which portions of the graph represent the points, you can hold your mouse near a line on the graph and it will show you a tooltip indicating the closest point.</span><br /><br />
<p style="margin-left: -35px;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Additional Information:</strong></span></p>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The y-axis for the graph is measured in the total number of occurrences of a particular forum action/event that are counted while processing the eClass event log.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The x-axis contains the dates (and times if appropriate) during which the events happened. By default, there are only a few time divisions and the graph is quite “rough”. Increase the granularity to get a more exact picture of what’s happening in your course.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The legend contains entries for each forum selected in the activity filter. If more than 10 entries were selected, arrow buttons will appear at the bottom of the legend to page through the results. Hover your mouse over an individual to get information specific to that individual.<br /></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Clicking this button will export the results to an excel spreadsheet.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Clicking this button will save a screenshot (in PNG) of the graph to your computer.</span></li>
</ol>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Analysing Content Usage in Your Course]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/analysing-content-usage-in-your-course]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[3fe94a002317b5f9259f82690aeea4cd]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 08 May 2017 15:45:28 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#adding"> Adding the Advanced Usage Report plugin</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#questions"> Questions for consideration</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#digging"> Digging Deeper into Patterns of Content Usage</a></li>
<li>4 <a href="#more"> More Questions for consideration</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<div style="font-size: 11pt; font-family: verdana,geneva;">
<p><br /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="adding"></a>Adding the Advanced Usage Report plugin</strong></span><br /><br />The Advanced Usage report plugin in eClass can quickly identify which types of content and specific pieces of content students access most frequently in a course.<br />To do this, begin by adding an unfiltered content engagement report to your page by selecting the <strong>Report</strong> tab from the top of your course landing page. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Content Engagement.png" alt="" width="600" /><br /><br />Check the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/314/14/viewing-the-content-engagement-report" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Viewing the Content Engagement Report</a> for more details on doing this. <span style="font-weight: 400;">Using this report will display data for all activities based on their overall type (quizzes, assignments, pages, etc) as our starting point.</span></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-content-analysis1.png" alt="" width="757" height="403" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Note that not all activities in eClass are created equal -- some activity types (quizzes in particular) tend to generate significantly more events in the logs than others (ie. as every quiz question gets saved during an attempt.) The resulting differences in overall data points is discrepancy is unavoidable as the advanced usage plugin makes use of the regular eClass system logs which are also used for auditing purposes and investigations into performance. For content analyses, it makes the most sense to focus on resources instead of activities.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the sample course depicted above, the basic engagement report shows that a number of quizzes, pages, files, and forums were all accessed - this result can be refined to include only static content.  <br /></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">By placing the mouse cursor over the 'All files' bar in the graph, the icon will change to a hand icon and clicking here will cause a new usage query to be issued, narrowing the data to include only files. The resulting graph is shown below (with the file names blurred). Note that this same process of clicking on graph bars could be used to do deeper investigation of any of the overall activities or resources.<br /></span></span></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-content-analysis-2.png" alt="" width="750" height="438" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The most frequently accessed document happens to be the course outline/syllabus as we might expect. The files are listed in the order in which they appear on the course page so we can see that documents continued to be accessed as the course progressed. In this case, many of the files are similar (think weekly versions of each lecture to print off), but the overall level of access is higher earlier in the course relative to later in the course. The third document in particular seems to be also accessed at about double the average level of the others.</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="questions"></a>Questions for consideration<br /></span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Were students accessing later documents less frequently because they are more comfortable with the course? Or did their attendance (overall) suffer as well?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Why was the third document accessed much more frequently than the others? Was that piece of content particularly challenging? Did students ask a lot of questions that week?</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">If students typically struggle with a particular week of content, did they access the documents more frequently that week? If not, perhaps a different approach can be taken to teach that content.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In general, the information visible here should correlate well with what the data that you receive other means (for example: informally in class). If there is an exception - why do you think it is different?</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="digging"></a>Digging Deeper into Patterns of Content Usage</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A similar approach can be used to examine content usage over time: beginning by surveying all content types in the course, prior to zooming in on specific ones to gain further insights.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Begin by adding an unfiltered Engagement over time report to your analytics page by selecting that report and pressing <strong>Apply filter</strong> (adjusting the dates if needed) - check the article <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/315/14/viewing-a-report-of-content-engagement-over-time" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Viewing a Report of Content Engagement Over Time</a> for more details on doing this. In the sample graph below, we have also increased the <strong>Granularity</strong> to 128 (under <strong>Advanced filters</strong>) to get roughly one data point for each day in the course.</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-content-analysis-3.png" alt="" width="764" height="398" /><br /></span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this particular case, the focus is the weekly content pages in the course - filter the results to show only these by  clicking <strong>All pages</strong> on the legend.</span></span></p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/anal-content-analysis-4.png" alt="" width="768" height="465" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Notice that for some weeks, the weekly page is mostly localized in time and viewed primarily on the week it was assigned. For other weeks, however, the results are more spread in time. <br /><strong>Note</strong>: you can switch the display to show only one particular page by hovering over that entry in the legend.</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><a id="more"></a>More Questions for consideration</span></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Why were some of the weekly content only viewed during the week of its use? </span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Was it well contained in the course and very clearly explained? </span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">What about weeks that were viewed sporadically throughout the course? </span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Was this content a little harder to digest? </span></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">Was it foundational content that was built upon during the rest of the course? Or were students confused and had to frequently return to re-read?</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">In each case, the answers will hopefully match up with what you would expect based on the difficulty or the nature of the content. If not, perhaps it’s a good idea to revisit that content, ask your students for feedback, and update it accordingly.</span></span></span></p>
</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Import Groups from a Spreadsheet]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/import-groups-from-a-spreadsheet]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[357a6fdf7642bf815a88822c447d9dc4]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Thu, 03 Aug 2017 10:11:04 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="font-family: verdana,arial,helvetica,sans-serif;">
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">While <strong><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/14/setting-up-groups">Groups can be entered manually</a></strong> on eClass, it is possible to create and import groups from a spreadsheet (CSV). This tool can be used only for importing empty groups. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;">Students must be added manually after the groups are created.</span></p>
</div>
<p>It is also important to note that combined courses will have groups set up by default for each section within the course.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">CSV Setup:</span></strong></p>
<p>A spreadsheet can be made in Excel and saved as a CSV file to use for importing groups:</p>
<p><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group_import_example_csv.PNG" alt="" width="500" height="132" /></p>
<p>Here are some of the column names available:</p>
<p><em>Required:</em></p>
<ul>
<li>groupname - the name of the group</li>
</ul>
<p><em>Optional:</em></p>
<ul>
<li>groupidnumber - the ID number of the group</li>
<li>description - the description of the group</li>
<li>enrollmentkey - the enrollment key for the group (used for self-enrollment)</li>
</ul>
<p>The sample CSV file above can be downloaded <a title="Sample group import CSV" href="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/group_import_example_csv.csv" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Import Procedure:</span> </strong></p>
<p>Once you have created your .csv, in order to import groups from a file:</p>
<ol>
<li>In the header for your course, click on <strong>Participants</strong>, and select <strong>Groups</strong> from the dropdown menu.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/participantsgroups.png" alt="Click on particpants, then select groups from the dropdown" width="596" height="445" /><br /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Next, click on the <strong>Import Groups</strong> button at the bottom.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/importgroupsbutton.png" alt="the import groups button" width="609" height="584" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>You will be brought to a page where you can drag a CSV file into the <em>Import</em> box or click on <strong>Choose a file</strong>, then<strong> browse...</strong>. <br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/importgroupschoose.png" alt="import groups from file" width="631" height="283" /><br /><br /></li>
<li>Click on<strong> Import Groups</strong> to upload your file containing the groups, then, click on<strong> Continue </strong>at the next screen. Your groups are now listed in the course.<br /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/groupsadded.png" alt="groups have been added successfully message" width="426" height="338" /><br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/groupsadded2.png" alt="The newly added groups shown in the list" width="521" height="640" /><br /><br /></li>
</ol>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Forum Summary Reports]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/forum-summary-reports]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[f8c1f23d6a8d8d7904fc0ea8e066b3bb]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Fri, 21 Feb 2020 14:56:25 -0700]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p><br />Instructors may use the built-in tool within <strong>Forum</strong> activities that allows them to look up a report of student activity.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>To view the Forum Summary Report</strong>:</span></p>
<ol>
<li>Go to the <em>Forum</em></li>
<li>Click on the <em>Reports</em> tab at the top of that page</li>
<li>This will take you to the <em>Forum summary report</em></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: This may take a minute or longer depending on the complexity and size of the forum.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-summary-report-1.png" alt="" width="495" height="587" /></p>
<p>The 'Forum summary report' includes a wide range of data about the activity of each user in the forum:</p>
<ul>
<li>First name / Surname</li>
<li>Number of discussions posted</li>
<li>Number of replies posted</li>
<li>Number of attachments</li>
<li>Number of views</li>
<li>Word count</li>
<li>Character count</li>
<li>Earliest post</li>
<li>Most recent post</li>
<li>Export posts (per user or using other conditions)</li>
<li>Including data for 'All forums in course'<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-summary-report-6.png" alt="" width="477" height="285" /></li>
</ul>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-summary-report-2.png" alt="" width="875" /> </p>
<p>Users are able to filter by <strong>Date</strong> or by <strong>Groups</strong> (if a group mode has been set up in the forum).</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-summary-report-3.png" alt="" width="763" height="106" /></p>
<p>Clicking on <strong>Export</strong> will give you options for a more detailed breakdown. You can narrow it to:</p>
<ul>
<li>a combination of users</li>
<li>a combination of discussions</li>
<li>date range</li>
</ul>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-summary-report-4.png" alt="" width="792" height="602" /></p>
<p>You may also specify what format it is to be downloaded as:</p>
<ul>
<li>Comma separated values (.csv)</li>
<li>Microsoft Excel (.xlsx)</li>
<li>HTML table</li>
<li>Javascript Object Notation (.json)</li>
<li>OpenDocument (.ods)</li>
<li>Portable Document Format (.pdf)</li>
</ul>
<p>To improve legibility, the <strong>Export options</strong> allow the data to be customized and remove any HTML and/or alter the dates to a more conventional format. Depending on how you intend to use the data, (ie. if performing further analysis in a separate statistics program), instructors may wish to leave the Export options at their defaults.</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: The table data for the Summary Report may also be downloaded in the same formats as described above.</p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/forum-summary-report-5.png" alt="" width="786" height="344" /></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Advanced Use of Group Sign-up Block]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/advanced-use-of-group-sign-up-block]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[8e6b42f1644ecb1327dc03ab345e618b]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Mon, 14 Jun 2021 15:14:32 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p></p>
<div style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #f8f9fa; font-size: 10pt;">
<div><strong>Contents:</strong></div>
<ul style="list-style: none; margin: 0.3em 0; padding: 0;">
<li>1 <a href="#inputs"> Inputs</a></li>
<li>2 <a href="#outputs"> Outputs</a></li>
<li>3 <a href="#additional"> Additional Settings</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
<p>This article describes how instructors can link the Group Sign-Up block to a feedback activity to have students fill in a questionnaire about themselves to aid in the formation of project teams. For basic usage of the Group Sign-up block, please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/366/13/using-the-group-sign-up-block-instructors" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our article on setting up the group sign-up block</a>.</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Select </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Edit skills group settings</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to set up advanced group self-selection. Until you configure group sign-up, students will not be able to use the block.</span></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="inputs"></a>Inputs</strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can use a feedback activity (created separately from the group sign-up block) to help students identify potential strengths which can be used to encourage formation of well-rounded groups. Using a feedback activity in conjunction with the group sign-up block is not required.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The feedback activity should contain only single-answer multiple-choice questions (you may also use labels). The selectable answers for these questions should be numerals so that students can rank their own skill level (see below).</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Make sure your feedback activity is NOT anonymous, otherwise, students’ responses can’t be mapped correctly to the group sign-up block.</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Group Strength Feedback.PNG" alt="Group Strength Feedback" width="400" height="" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Keep in mind that question names (set in the field labelled “Question”) are also displayed when students view group strengths. Making question names somewhat generic and short can improve readability.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Students will see the following when they join an existing group:</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/joinAGroup.PNG" alt="Join a Group" width="800" height="" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Students must rank a skill ABOVE the </span><strong>score threshold</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> for it to be listed as a strength in group selection.</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Score Threshold.PNG" alt="" width="650" height="" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">More details on setting up feedback activities can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/147/13/adding-feedback-items" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our article on adding feedback items</a>. </span></p>
<p> </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong><a id="outputs"></a>Outputs</strong></span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Your course must contain a grouping to place the generated groups within. Choose a grouping that is empty and has no groups within it. For more information on groupings and how to set one up please see <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/148/14/setting-up-groupings" target="_blank" rel="noopener">SETTING UP GROUPINGS</a>. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Naming groups: If </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Group Creation</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> is checked, the instructor has to <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/0/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">SET UP GROUPS</a> for students to join. If </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Naming</span></em><span style="font-weight: 400;"> is checked, students can name their groups. If neither is selected, a default naming scheme is used. Instructors can create groups as they regularly would, making sure to add the created groups to the correct grouping. </span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Group SignUp Outputs.png" alt="Sign-up outputs" width="600" height="" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a id="additional"></a><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Additional Settings</strong></span><br /><br />Additional Settings</span><span style="font-weight: 400;"> can be used to limit group size and set a cut-off date for forming groups. Setting a maximum group size is required (if you don’t want to limit group size, set a sufficiently large number here).</span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/Group SignUp Additional Settings.png" alt="Additional Settings" width="600" height="" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Groups can be edited similarly to regular instructor-generated groups in eClass. This includes manually moving students between groups. Look at <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/0/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">our article on setting up Groups</a> for more details on editing groups in eClass. </span></p>
<p><br /><br /></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Restricting Access to Content for Specific Groups]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/restricting-access-to-content-for-specific-groups]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[00411460f7c92d2124a67ea0f4cb5f85]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 05 Sep 2018 15:16:30 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>Instructors will often combine several of their course sections so that general course content only needs to be posted in one place. However, there may still be other content (assignments, quizzes, etc) that are specific to each section (lecture, lab, seminar, group, etc). This article will illustrate a simple example of what a course would look like with such restrictions in place.</p>
<p>As an instructor, you would use <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">restrictions</a> so that your sections (lecture, lab, seminar, <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/14/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">groups</a>, etc) can see their respective course content.</p>
<ul>
<li>This course has two groups (Group A and Group B)<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-demo-1.png" alt="" width="329" height="266" /></li>
<li>There are two versions of the syllabus in this course for their respective groups<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-demo-2.png" alt="" width="652" height="403" /></li>
<li>With the restrictions set, users from Group A will see the Group A tabs while Group B can only see theirs.<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/restrict-access-demo-3.png" alt="" width="454" height="308" /></li>
</ul>
<p> </p>
<p>As a reminder, these restrictions can be implemented the same way for other types of course content (assignments, quizzes, etc.).</p>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>Related articles</strong>:</p>
<p><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/149/14/setting-up-groups" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Setting up groups</a></p>
<p><a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/IST/Knowledgebase/Article/View/107/13/restricting-access-to-an-activity-or-resource" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Restricting Access to An Activity or Resource</a></p>
<p> </p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Advanced use of the Timeline Block with your course (Instructors)]]></title>
<link><![CDATA[https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/advanced-use-of-the-timeline-block-with-your-course-instructors]]></link>
<guid isPermaLink="false"><![CDATA[07563a3fe3bbe7e3ba84431ad9d055af]]></guid>
<pubDate><![CDATA[Wed, 20 Sep 2023 15:07:00 -0600]]></pubDate>
<dc:creator />
<description><![CDATA[
NOTICE: Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a read-only ...]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="toc" style="display: table; border-collapse: separate; table margin: 5px; padding: 7px; border: 1px solid #000; background-color: #e1b4b4; font-size: 12pt;">
<div><b data-stringify-type="bold">NOTICE:</b> Please be advised that the content of this article may only be relevant for users concluding the final stages of course work on eClass or for users on the eClass External system. <span>The eClass Learning Management System is currently in a <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/News/NewsItem/View/319/digital-learning-environment-changes-for-summer-2025" target="_blank" rel="noopener">read-only state</a> that prohibits new courses, enrollments, and users from being added to the site. Credit courses and co-curricular courses at the UofA are now being delivered on <a href="https://canvas.ualberta.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Canvas</a>, and full articles on how to use Canvas can be found <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/List/Index/53" target="_blank" rel="noopener">here</a>.</span><span style="font-size: 10pt;"></span></div>
</div>
<p>The <strong>timeline</strong> is a new block that's been added to the eClass dashboard in the summer 2023 upgrade. It gives students and instructors a heads-up for upcoming due dates and cutoff dates:<br /><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/timelinesample.png" width="750" height="183" alt="" /></p>
<p>By default, it will only show dates for quizzes and assignments, but external tools such as Assign2 aren't able to populate it. This can be worked around by enabling activity completion tracking in your course, and setting an "expect completed on" date in the activity's settings. </p>
<p>Completion tracking has more advanced features, like restricting course material until another item is completed. We have a more general article about completion tracking in <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="Completion Tracking">this article</a>.</p>
<p><strong>To enable completion tracking in your course:</strong><br />Navigate to your <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/Knowledgebase/Article/View/125/13/course-settings" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="course settings">course settings</a> and find the "Completion tracking" section, then set "Enable completion tracking" to "Yes":<br /><img src="https://www.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/completion-tracking-1.png" alt="enable completion tracking" title="enable completion tracking" width="484" height="144" /></p>
<p>Activities will now all have an "Activity completion" section in their settings. For this example, we'll enable completion for an Assign2 activity, first by navigation to its settings page, by activating edit mode, then clicking the ellipsis (<span class="box">⋮) icon and selecting 'edit settings'<br /></span><span class="box"></span></p>
<p><span class="box"><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/assign2settings.png" alt="access settings for assign 2" title="assign2settings" width="500" height="183" /></span></p>
<p><span class="box">Enable completion tracking here, the default setting, "students can manually mark the activity as completed" will suffice for most purposes, but for a more detailed description of these settings <a href="https://support.eclass.ualberta.ca/index.php?/Knowledgebase/Article/View/168/0/completion-tracking#for%20activities%20resources" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="Activity completion settings">see this article</a>. You'll then also be able to enable an "expect completed on" date which will show in the dashboard timeline for students and instructors, after the settings are saved.<br /></span></p>
<p><img src="https://sites.ualberta.ca/~eclass/kb-images/trackingdate.png" alt="enabling the expected completion date" title="expect completed" width="500" height="114" /></p>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
</channel>
</rss>